z scale train sets complete
291047
Bachmann Trains - Merry Christmas Express Ready to Run Electric Train Set - N Scale, Multi Color
Product Description Merry Christmas Express Ready To Run Electric Train Set – N Scale Ready to deliver Yuletide joy is the Merry Christmas Express. Decked out for the holidays, the train features a red North Pole & Southern 0-6-0 steam locomotive, bow-wrapped box car, garland-festooned hopper, and wreath-decorated caboose. Bursting with holiday cheer in N scale, this set is ideal for a table-top display, around a miniature tree, or anywhere you want to wish one and all a very Merry Christmas. This ready-to-run train set includes: USRA 0-6-0 locomotive with tender, box car, hopper car, bobber caboose, 24" circle of nickel silver E-Z Track, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual Product Description Merry Christmas Express Ready To Run Electric Train Set – N Scale Ready to deliver Yuletide joy is the Merry Christmas Express. Decked out for the holidays, the train features a red North Pole & Southern 0-6-0 steam locomotive, bow-wrapped box car, garland-festooned hopper, and wreath-decorated caboose. Bursting with holiday cheer in N scale, this set is ideal for a table-top display, around a miniature tree, or anywhere you want to wish one and all a very Merry Christmas. This ready-to-run train set includes: USRA 0-6-0 locomotive with tender, box car, hopper car, bobber caboose, 24" circle of nickel silver E-Z Track, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manualFrom the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
179140
Bachmann Trains - The Broadway Limited Ready To Run Electric Train Set - N Scale
Product Description The Broadway limited ready-to-run N scale electric train set. Pennsylvania railroad’s Broadway limited carried passengers in style between new York city and Chicago for over 40 years, Starting in 1912. Rather than new York city's famed thoroughfare, it was named for the railroads “broad way," four-track mainline. With three elegant Tuscan red cars pulled by a classic 4-6-0 steam locomotive, Bachmann Broadway limited set is ready to carry on Pennsylvania railroad’s grand tradition for your N scale passengers. This ready-to-run train set includes: 4-6-0 locomotive with operating headlight and tender, 60’ Combine car, 60’ coach car, 60’ observation car, 34" X 24" Oval of nickel silver E-Z track, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. Product Description The Broadway limited ready-to-run N scale electric train set. Pennsylvania railroad’s Broadway limited carried passengers in style between new York city and Chicago for over 40 years, Starting in 1912. Rather than new York city's famed thoroughfare, it was named for the railroads “broad way," four-track mainline. With three elegant Tuscan red cars pulled by a classic 4-6-0 steam locomotive, Bachmann Broadway limited set is ready to carry on Pennsylvania railroad’s grand tradition for your N scale passengers. This ready-to-run train set includes: 4-6-0 locomotive with operating headlight and tender, 60’ Combine car, 60’ coach car, 60’ observation car, 34" X 24" Oval of nickel silver E-Z track, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1210762
Lionel Pennsylvania Flyer LionChief 0-8-0 Freight Set with Bluetooth Capability, Electric O Gauge Model Train Set with Remote
Product Description All aboard for brand New adventures on rails! The Lionel trains Pennsylvania flyer ready-to-play train set is leaving the station on a non-stop run to fun. This electric RC locomotive set features a detailed and ruggedly built berkshire-style locomotive with working headlight, smoke, and sounds. The set includes a steam locomotive and tender, 3-domed tank car, boxcar, and caboose. Download the Bluetooth app to control you train from your phone, and prepare for non-stop adventure with the Lionel trains Pennsylvania flyer. Product Description All aboard for brand New adventures on rails! The Lionel trains Pennsylvania flyer ready-to-play train set is leaving the station on a non-stop run to fun. This electric RC locomotive set features a detailed and ruggedly built berkshire-style locomotive with working headlight, smoke, and sounds. The set includes a steam locomotive and tender, 3-domed tank car, boxcar, and caboose. Download the Bluetooth app to control you train from your phone, and prepare for non-stop adventure with the Lionel trains Pennsylvania flyer.From the manufacturer Read more Read more Read more Read more Add-On Track Add-On Track Add-On Track Bridges More Accessories Union Pacific Flyer Set 
56288
Märklin Christmas Starter Set.
Product Description Manufacturer: Märklin Art.-No. 81846 EAN: 4001883818467 Gauge Z 1:220 Power system DC Motor 5-pol. Motor Anzahl angetriebene Achsen 3 Length over buffer: 300 mm Dimensions (LxW): 512 x 402 mm Delivery Date: Q3/2015 Christmas Starter Set USA 120 Volts; freight train with an oval of track and the right power pack. 1 steam locomotive, 1 boxcar, 1 gondola, 1 passenger car. Model: The locomotive is constructed of metal. The locomotive and the tender are decorated for Christmas. It has a 5-pole motor, and all of the driving axles are powered. All 3 cars are also decorated for Christmas. Also included are 3 each decorated Christmas trees and kits for "Christmas Stands", "Santa Claus", and "Skating Rink", which can be assembled to make a small winter Christmas market. The stands can also be transported on the high-side gondola. Also included in this set: 2 each straight track, 10 each curved track, a rerailer, and a 230 volt / 12 VA switched mode power pack with a suitable train controller. A track plan brochure is also included. Train length approximately 300 mm / 11-13/16". Track length approximately 510 mm / 20-1/16". This set can be expanded with the 82720 set, with the 8190 or 8191, 8192, 8193, and 8194 SET track sets, or it can be expanded with your own designs. - New item 2017 - Product Description Manufacturer: Märklin Art.-No. 81846 EAN: 4001883818467 Gauge Z 1:220 Power system DC Motor 5-pol. Motor Anzahl angetriebene Achsen 3 Length over buffer: 300 mm Dimensions (LxW): 512 x 402 mm Delivery Date: Q3/2015 Christmas Starter Set USA 120 Volts; freight train with an oval of track and the right power pack. 1 steam locomotive, 1 boxcar, 1 gondola, 1 passenger car. Model: The locomotive is constructed of metal. The locomotive and the tender are decorated for Christmas. It has a 5-pole motor, and all of the driving axles are powered. All 3 cars are also decorated for Christmas. Also included are 3 each decorated Christmas trees and kits for "Christmas Stands", "Santa Claus", and "Skating Rink", which can be assembled to make a small winter Christmas market. The stands can also be transported on the high-side gondola. Also included in this set: 2 each straight track, 10 each curved track, a rerailer, and a 230 volt / 12 VA switched mode power pack with a suitable train controller. A track plan brochure is also included. Train length approximately 300 mm / 11-13/16". Track length approximately 510 mm / 20-1/16". This set can be expanded with the 82720 set, with the 8190 or 8191, 8192, 8193, and 8194 SET track sets, or it can be expanded with your own designs. - New item 2017 -
1181383
Bachmann Trains - Trailblazer Ready To Run 60 Piece Electric Train Set - N Scale
Product Description Bachmann Trains TRAILBLAZER - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. As the West developed from desolate wilderness to bustling cities, it was trains such as the Trailblazer that spearheaded America's explosive growth from coast to coast. Our 60-piece Trailblazer set with its 4-6-0 locomotive lets you experience all the excitement of the Iron Horse's journeys through the crossroads of railroading history! This ready-to-run train set includes; 4-6-0 steam locomotive and tender with operating headlight, box car, gondola car, single-dome tank car, old-time caboose, 34" x 24" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, train station, 24 railroad and street signs, 12 telephone poles, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. Product Description Bachmann Trains TRAILBLAZER - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. As the West developed from desolate wilderness to bustling cities, it was trains such as the Trailblazer that spearheaded America's explosive growth from coast to coast. Our 60-piece Trailblazer set with its 4-6-0 locomotive lets you experience all the excitement of the Iron Horse's journeys through the crossroads of railroading history! This ready-to-run train set includes; 4-6-0 steam locomotive and tender with operating headlight, box car, gondola car, single-dome tank car, old-time caboose, 34" x 24" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, train station, 24 railroad and street signs, 12 telephone poles, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
850006
Bachmann Trains - McKinley Explorer Ready To Run Electric Passenger Train Set - N Scale , Navy
Product Description Bachmann Trains McKINLEY EXPLORER - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set - N Scale: Treating passengers to breathtaking views of the Alaskan wilderness in special vista-dome cars is the McKinley Explorer. Operating today from Anchorage to Fairbanks, and running past Denali National Park, this train's lucky riders might thrill to the sight of bear, moose, sheep and bald eagles. Now updated with a GP40 diesel, our N scale McKinley Explorer set comes complete with: EMD GP40 locomotive with operating headlight, three full-dome passenger cars (the Kenai, Knik and Deshka, all named after Alaskan rivers), 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Z Track including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. Product Description Bachmann Trains McKINLEY EXPLORER - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set - N Scale: Treating passengers to breathtaking views of the Alaskan wilderness in special vista-dome cars is the McKinley Explorer. Operating today from Anchorage to Fairbanks, and running past Denali National Park, this train's lucky riders might thrill to the sight of bear, moose, sheep and bald eagles. Now updated with a GP40 diesel, our N scale McKinley Explorer set comes complete with: EMD GP40 locomotive with operating headlight, three full-dome passenger cars (the Kenai, Knik and Deshka, all named after Alaskan rivers), 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Z Track including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
689690
Bachmann Trains - Freightmaster Ready To Run 60 Piece Electric Train Set - N Scale
Product Description Freightmaster ready to run 60 piece electric train set - N scale: with a 3, horsepower engine and plenty of pulling Muscle, The EMD GP40 diesel locomotive ensures that the freighter delivers Its goods on time. This two-piece set includes a station, signs, and telephone poles to make you master of your own freight empire! This ready-to-run train set includes: EMD GP40 diesel locomotive with operating headlight, flat car with Container load, gondola car, plug-door box car, wide-vision caboose, 34" X 24" Oval of snap-fit E-Z track, including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, freight station, 24 railroad and street signs, 12 telephone poles, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. Product Description Freightmaster ready to run 60 piece electric train set - N scale: with a 3, horsepower engine and plenty of pulling Muscle, The EMD GP40 diesel locomotive ensures that the freighter delivers Its goods on time. This two-piece set includes a station, signs, and telephone poles to make you master of your own freight empire! This ready-to-run train set includes: EMD GP40 diesel locomotive with operating headlight, flat car with Container load, gondola car, plug-door box car, wide-vision caboose, 34" X 24" Oval of snap-fit E-Z track, including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, freight station, 24 railroad and street signs, 12 telephone poles, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1589185
Bachmann Trains - Super Chief Ready To Run Electric Train Set - N Scale
Product Description Product Description Bachman trains - Super Chief ready to run Electric train set - N scale. With the pride and power of a born leader, the mighty Super Chief Thunders along the rails. Spearheading the charge is an F7-A diesel locomotive with the Santa fe’s distinctive Red and silver “war bonnet” paint scheme. The N scale Super Chief ready-to-run set comes complete with: F7-A locomotive with operating headlight, box car, steel gondola, offset cupola caboose, 24" Circle of nickel silver E-Z track, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual From the Manufacturer SUPER CHIEF - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. With the pride and power of a born leader, the mighty Super Chief thunders along the rails. Spearheading the charge is an F7-A diesel locomotive with the Santa Fe’s distinctive red and silver "war bonnet" paint scheme. The N scale Super Chief ready-to-run set comes complete with, F7-A locomotive with operating headlight, steel gondola, box car, off-center caboose, 24" circle of nickel silver E-Z Track, power pack and speed controller. Product Description Product Description Bachman trains - Super Chief ready to run Electric train set - N scale. With the pride and power of a born leader, the mighty Super Chief Thunders along the rails. Spearheading the charge is an F7-A diesel locomotive with the Santa fe’s distinctive Red and silver “war bonnet” paint scheme. The N scale Super Chief ready-to-run set comes complete with: F7-A locomotive with operating headlight, box car, steel gondola, offset cupola caboose, 24" Circle of nickel silver E-Z track, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual From the Manufacturer SUPER CHIEF - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. With the pride and power of a born leader, the mighty Super Chief thunders along the rails. Spearheading the charge is an F7-A diesel locomotive with the Santa Fe’s distinctive red and silver "war bonnet" paint scheme. The N scale Super Chief ready-to-run set comes complete with, F7-A locomotive with operating headlight, steel gondola, box car, off-center caboose, 24" circle of nickel silver E-Z Track, power pack and speed controller.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1305405
Bachmann Trains - Rail Chief Ready To Run 130 Piece Electric Train Set - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description 5-Car "HO scale" Train - EMD GP40 diesel locomotive (with operating headlight) - open quad hopper- gondola- steel Reefer- off-center caboose body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers 47" X 38” oval track sets up in minutes includes signal bridge, 36 people figures, 24 telephone poles and 48 railroad and street signs includes Power pack, speed controller and plug-in terminal rerailer plugs into an AC outlet ages 14+ From the Manufacturer You will command the rails with our striking Rail Chief set. Complete with miniature people and a signal bridge, this 130-piece set will let you oversee your own detailed railroading empire. This ready-to-run train set includes: EMD GP40 diesel locomotive with operating headlight, open quad hopper car, gondola car, steel reefer car, off-center caboose, 47" x 38" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, including 12 pieces curved track, 1 piece straight track, and 1 plug-in terminal rerailer, signal bridge, 36 miniature people, 24 telephone poles, 48 railroad and street signs, power pack and speed controller. Product Description Product Description 5-Car "HO scale" Train - EMD GP40 diesel locomotive (with operating headlight) - open quad hopper- gondola- steel Reefer- off-center caboose body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers 47" X 38” oval track sets up in minutes includes signal bridge, 36 people figures, 24 telephone poles and 48 railroad and street signs includes Power pack, speed controller and plug-in terminal rerailer plugs into an AC outlet ages 14+ From the Manufacturer You will command the rails with our striking Rail Chief set. Complete with miniature people and a signal bridge, this 130-piece set will let you oversee your own detailed railroading empire. This ready-to-run train set includes: EMD GP40 diesel locomotive with operating headlight, open quad hopper car, gondola car, steel reefer car, off-center caboose, 47" x 38" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, including 12 pieces curved track, 1 piece straight track, and 1 plug-in terminal rerailer, signal bridge, 36 miniature people, 24 telephone poles, 48 railroad and street signs, power pack and speed controller.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
864631
Bachmann Trains - Thoroughbred Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description Thoroughbred Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. Wheels rumble like the pounding of hooves as this iron horse rounds the bend. Hauling freight with the ease and grace of a champion, the Thoroughbred delivers fun and adventure to your stable of trains. View video to see this set in action. This ready-to-run train set includes: F7 diesel locomotive with operating headlight, open quad hopper, gondola, wide-vision caboose, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers,47" x 38" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track including 12 pieces of curved track, 1 piece of straight track and 1 plug-in terminal rerailer, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer Wheels rumble like the pounding of hooves as this iron horse rounds the bend. Hauling freight with the ease and grace of a champion the Thoroughbred delivers fun and adventure to your stable of trains. Product Description Product Description Thoroughbred Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. Wheels rumble like the pounding of hooves as this iron horse rounds the bend. Hauling freight with the ease and grace of a champion, the Thoroughbred delivers fun and adventure to your stable of trains. View video to see this set in action. This ready-to-run train set includes: F7 diesel locomotive with operating headlight, open quad hopper, gondola, wide-vision caboose, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers,47" x 38" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track including 12 pieces of curved track, 1 piece of straight track and 1 plug-in terminal rerailer, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer Wheels rumble like the pounding of hooves as this iron horse rounds the bend. Hauling freight with the ease and grace of a champion the Thoroughbred delivers fun and adventure to your stable of trains.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1555994
Bachmann Trains - Digital Commander DCC Equipped Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description Digital Commander DCC Equipped Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. The Digital Commander has everything you need to get started in digital model railroading in one ready-to-run set! It includes our exclusive, easy-to-use E-Z Command digital system that lets you independently control the speed, direction, and lighting of two decoder-equipped locomotives. Take control of your own freight rail empire with the Digital Commander! This digitally controlled train set features: DCC-equipped EMD GP40 locomotive with operating headlight, DCC-equipped EMD FT-A locomotive with operating headlight, plug-door box car, open quad hopper, wide-vision caboose, E-Z Command Control Center with wall pack and plug-in wiring, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers, 56" x 38" oval of nickel silver E-Z Track, including 12 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, 1 terminal rerailer, 1 manual turnout - left, under-track magnet with brakeman figure, and 1 Hayes bumper, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer Model railroading enters the digital age with the Digital Commander! Create your own fledgeling railroad empire or work with a friend to coordinate freight and switching operations. Our exclusive E-Z Command digital control system lets you independently control the speed, direction, and lighting of two decoder-equipped locomotives. Product Description Product Description Digital Commander DCC Equipped Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. The Digital Commander has everything you need to get started in digital model railroading in one ready-to-run set! It includes our exclusive, easy-to-use E-Z Command digital system that lets you independently control the speed, direction, and lighting of two decoder-equipped locomotives. Take control of your own freight rail empire with the Digital Commander! This digitally controlled train set features: DCC-equipped EMD GP40 locomotive with operating headlight, DCC-equipped EMD FT-A locomotive with operating headlight, plug-door box car, open quad hopper, wide-vision caboose, E-Z Command Control Center with wall pack and plug-in wiring, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers, 56" x 38" oval of nickel silver E-Z Track, including 12 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, 1 terminal rerailer, 1 manual turnout - left, under-track magnet with brakeman figure, and 1 Hayes bumper, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer Model railroading enters the digital age with the Digital Commander! Create your own fledgeling railroad empire or work with a friend to coordinate freight and switching operations. Our exclusive E-Z Command digital control system lets you independently control the speed, direction, and lighting of two decoder-equipped locomotives.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
214825
Mountain Valley Scenery Kit Woodland Scenics
Product Description The Mountain Valley Scenery Kit is great for modelers who have their track nailed on a 4x8 foot piece of plywood and would like to add scenery and build a tunnel. It is designed for HO scale, but easily adapts to N and O scales. It includes all materials, instructions and patterns needed to add trees, grass, weeds, rocks, mountains, a tunnel, ballast and more. Over 24 products are included...even paint and glue! Step-by-step instructions make this kit easy. Train set, track, buildings and vehicles not included. Product Description The Mountain Valley Scenery Kit is great for modelers who have their track nailed on a 4x8 foot piece of plywood and would like to add scenery and build a tunnel. It is designed for HO scale, but easily adapts to N and O scales. It includes all materials, instructions and patterns needed to add trees, grass, weeds, rocks, mountains, a tunnel, ballast and more. Over 24 products are included...even paint and glue! Step-by-step instructions make this kit easy. Train set, track, buildings and vehicles not included.
1460733
Bachmann Trains - Empire Builder Ready To Run 68 Piece Electric Train Set - N Scale
Product Description Product Description Empire Builder Ready To Run 68 Piece Electric Train Set - N Scale. American railroads helped build great fortunes and the wealth of the Nation. Doing its part, our Empire Builder train set comes complete with Bachmann‘s exclusive E-Z Track snap-fit track and roadbed system. This set includes; Northern 4-8-4 steam locomotive and tender with operating headlight, wood reefer, single-dome tank car, center-flow hopper, plug-door box car, wood stock car, wood-braced gondola, open quad offset hopper, offset cupola caboose, 44” x 24” oval of nickel silver E-Z Track including 11 pieces curved track, 8 pieces straight track and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, 12 telephone poles, 24 railroad and street signs, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer American railroads helped build great fortunes and the wealth of the Nation. Product Description Product Description Empire Builder Ready To Run 68 Piece Electric Train Set - N Scale. American railroads helped build great fortunes and the wealth of the Nation. Doing its part, our Empire Builder train set comes complete with Bachmann‘s exclusive E-Z Track snap-fit track and roadbed system. This set includes; Northern 4-8-4 steam locomotive and tender with operating headlight, wood reefer, single-dome tank car, center-flow hopper, plug-door box car, wood stock car, wood-braced gondola, open quad offset hopper, offset cupola caboose, 44” x 24” oval of nickel silver E-Z Track including 11 pieces curved track, 8 pieces straight track and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, 12 telephone poles, 24 railroad and street signs, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer American railroads helped build great fortunes and the wealth of the Nation.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
683103
Marklin E Extension Set with Electric Turnouts Z Scale
Product Description From the Manufacturer Expands basic oval to 42" x 16" and includes a pair of remote-controlled turnouts. Come with one each right and left hand turnouts, ten straight tracks, two curves, control box, distribution strip, wire, plugs, sockets and instructions Product Description From the Manufacturer Expands basic oval to 42" x 16" and includes a pair of remote-controlled turnouts. Come with one each right and left hand turnouts, ten straight tracks, two curves, control box, distribution strip, wire, plugs, sockets and instructions
1142260
Bachmann Trains - Chattanooga Ready To Run 155 Piece Electric Train Set - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description Chattanooga Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. Capturing all the energy and excitement of train travel is the Chattanooga. Named for the famous Nashville, Chattanooga & St. Louis Railroad, this 155-piece set includes all the miniature people, buildings, and structures you'll need to recreate the romance of the steam era. View video to see the set in action. This ready-to-run train set includes: 0-6-0 steam locomotive and tender with operating smoke and headlight, plug-door box car, open quad hopper, single-dome tank car, offset cupola caboose, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers, 47" x 38" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, including 12 pieces of curved track, 1 piece of straight track, and 1 plug-in terminal rerailer, suburban station, signal bridge, 48 railroad and street signs, 36 telephone poles, 48 assorted figures, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. Amazon.com It's the romance of the train--in a box. This electric train set has a replica of an old steam locomotive with a working headlight and an active smokestack (just drop some of the included "smoke liquid" into the funnel). Linked together, the beautifully detailed locomotive and the coal tender are 9 inches long. Also trailing along are two railcars, a Penn Salt tanker car, and a red caboose. The snap-together E-Z Track pieces form an oval-shaped track that is 47 inches long by 38 inches wide. The set also contains telephone poles, a signal bridge, a station, railroad and street signs, a power pack with forward, reverse, and speed controls, and an instructional video. --Richard Farr From the Manufacturer Capturing all the energy and excitement of train travel is the Chattanooga. Named for the famous Nashville, Chattanooga and St. Louis Railroad this 155-piece set includes all the miniature people, buildings, and structures you will need to recreate the romance of the steam era. See more Product Description Product Description Chattanooga Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. Capturing all the energy and excitement of train travel is the Chattanooga. Named for the famous Nashville, Chattanooga & St. Louis Railroad, this 155-piece set includes all the miniature people, buildings, and structures you'll need to recreate the romance of the steam era. View video to see the set in action. This ready-to-run train set includes: 0-6-0 steam locomotive and tender with operating smoke and headlight, plug-door box car, open quad hopper, single-dome tank car, offset cupola caboose, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers, 47" x 38" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, including 12 pieces of curved track, 1 piece of straight track, and 1 plug-in terminal rerailer, suburban station, signal bridge, 48 railroad and street signs, 36 telephone poles, 48 assorted figures, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. Amazon.com It's the romance of the train--in a box. This electric train set has a replica of an old steam locomotive with a working headlight and an active smokestack (just drop some of the included "smoke liquid" into the funnel). Linked together, the beautifully detailed locomotive and the coal tender are 9 inches long. Also trailing along are two railcars, a Penn Salt tanker car, and a red caboose. The snap-together E-Z Track pieces form an oval-shaped track that is 47 inches long by 38 inches wide. The set also contains telephone poles, a signal bridge, a station, railroad and street signs, a power pack with forward, reverse, and speed controls, and an instructional video. --Richard Farr From the Manufacturer Capturing all the energy and excitement of train travel is the Chattanooga. Named for the famous Nashville, Chattanooga and St. Louis Railroad this 155-piece set includes all the miniature people, buildings, and structures you will need to recreate the romance of the steam era. See moreFrom the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
331756
Bachmann Trains - Spirit Of Christmas Ready To Run Electric Train Set - N Scale
Product Description Product Description Bachmann Trains SPIRIT OF CHRISTMAS - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. Good things come in small packages. This is certainly true when it comes to the Spirit of Christmas N scale set. Perfect for under-the-tree in a small space and festively decorated for a very Merry Christmas. This ready-to-run set features: 0-6-0 steam locomotive and tender, old-time combine car, two old-time coach cars, 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Track including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, Power pack and speed controller. From the Manufacturer Good things come in small packages. This is certainly true when it comes to the Spirit of Christmas N scale set. Perfect for under-the-tree in a small space and festively decorated for a very Merry Christmas. This ready-to-run set features: 0-6-0 steam locomotive and tender, old-time combine car, two old-time coach cars, 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Track including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, Power pack and speed controller. Product Description Product Description Bachmann Trains SPIRIT OF CHRISTMAS - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. Good things come in small packages. This is certainly true when it comes to the Spirit of Christmas N scale set. Perfect for under-the-tree in a small space and festively decorated for a very Merry Christmas. This ready-to-run set features: 0-6-0 steam locomotive and tender, old-time combine car, two old-time coach cars, 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Track including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, Power pack and speed controller. From the Manufacturer Good things come in small packages. This is certainly true when it comes to the Spirit of Christmas N scale set. Perfect for under-the-tree in a small space and festively decorated for a very Merry Christmas. This ready-to-run set features: 0-6-0 steam locomotive and tender, old-time combine car, two old-time coach cars, 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Track including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, Power pack and speed controller.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1091283
Bachmann Trains - Durango & Silverton Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description Durango and Silverton – HO scale ready to run Electric train set. Built originally as a mining line, The scenic value of the Durango and Silverton was quickly recognized in passenger service. After surviving natural disasters, Wars, and financial instability, a determined staff (and starring roles in several Hollywood movies) promoted the tourism that ensures the line's survival to this day. Now recognized as a national historic landmark and a national historic Civil engineering landmark, the Durango and Silverton continues to provide year-round tourist service. Our Durango and Silverton passenger set comes complete with: 2-8-0 locomotive and tender with operating headlight, open excursion car, old-time combine car, old-time coach car, 47″ x 38″ oval of snap-fit E-Z track, power pack, and speed controller. Age rated 14 and Durango and Silverton – HO scale ready to run Electric train set. Built originally as a mining line, The scenic value of the Durango and Silverton was quickly recognized in passenger service. After surviving natural disasters, Wars, and financial instability, a determined staff (and starring roles in several Hollywood movies) promoted the tourism that ensures the line's survival to this day. Now recognized as a national historic landmark and a national historic Civil engineering landmark, the Durango and Silverton continues to provide year-round tourist service. Our Durango and Silverton passenger set comes complete with: 2-8-0 locomotive and tender with operating headlight, open excursion car, old-time combine car, old-time coach car, 47″ x 38″ oval of snap-fit E-Z track, power pack, and speed controller. Age rated 14 and up From the Manufacturer Durango and Silverton – HO Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. Built originally as a mining line, the scenic value of the Durango and Silverton was quickly recognized in passenger service. After surviving natural disasters, wars, and financial instability, a determined staff (and starring roles in several Hollywood movies) promoted the tourism that ensures the line's survival to this day. Now recognized as a National Historic Landmark and a National Historic Civil Engineering Landmark, the Durango and Silverton continues to provide year-round tourist service. Our Durango and Silverton passenger set comes complete with:2-8-0 locomotive and tender with operating headlight, open excursion car, old-time combine car, old-time coach car, 47″ x 38″ oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, power pack, and speed controller. Age Rated 14 and UpDurango and Silverton – HO Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. Built originally as a mining line, the scenic value of the Durango and Silverton was quickly recognized in passenger service. After surviving natural disasters, wars, and financial instability, a determined staff (and starring roles in several Hollywood movies) promoted the tourism that ensures the line's survival to this day. Now recognized as a National Historic Landmark and a National Historic Civil Engineering Landmark, the Durango and Silverton continues to provide year-round tourist service. Our Durango and Silverton passenger set comes complete with:2-8-0 locomotive and tender with operating headlight, open excursion car, old-time combine car, old-time coach car, 47″ x 38″ oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, power pack, and speed controller. Age Rated 14 and Up Product Description Product Description Durango and Silverton – HO scale ready to run Electric train set. Built originally as a mining line, The scenic value of the Durango and Silverton was quickly recognized in passenger service. After surviving natural disasters, Wars, and financial instability, a determined staff (and starring roles in several Hollywood movies) promoted the tourism that ensures the line's survival to this day. Now recognized as a national historic landmark and a national historic Civil engineering landmark, the Durango and Silverton continues to provide year-round tourist service. Our Durango and Silverton passenger set comes complete with: 2-8-0 locomotive and tender with operating headlight, open excursion car, old-time combine car, old-time coach car, 47″ x 38″ oval of snap-fit E-Z track, power pack, and speed controller. Age rated 14 and Durango and Silverton – HO scale ready to run Electric train set. Built originally as a mining line, The scenic value of the Durango and Silverton was quickly recognized in passenger service. After surviving natural disasters, Wars, and financial instability, a determined staff (and starring roles in several Hollywood movies) promoted the tourism that ensures the line's survival to this day. Now recognized as a national historic landmark and a national historic Civil engineering landmark, the Durango and Silverton continues to provide year-round tourist service. Our Durango and Silverton passenger set comes complete with: 2-8-0 locomotive and tender with operating headlight, open excursion car, old-time combine car, old-time coach car, 47″ x 38″ oval of snap-fit E-Z track, power pack, and speed controller. Age rated 14 and up From the Manufacturer Durango and Silverton – HO Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. Built originally as a mining line, the scenic value of the Durango and Silverton was quickly recognized in passenger service. After surviving natural disasters, wars, and financial instability, a determined staff (and starring roles in several Hollywood movies) promoted the tourism that ensures the line's survival to this day. Now recognized as a National Historic Landmark and a National Historic Civil Engineering Landmark, the Durango and Silverton continues to provide year-round tourist service. Our Durango and Silverton passenger set comes complete with:2-8-0 locomotive and tender with operating headlight, open excursion car, old-time combine car, old-time coach car, 47″ x 38″ oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, power pack, and speed controller. Age Rated 14 and UpDurango and Silverton – HO Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. Built originally as a mining line, the scenic value of the Durango and Silverton was quickly recognized in passenger service. After surviving natural disasters, wars, and financial instability, a determined staff (and starring roles in several Hollywood movies) promoted the tourism that ensures the line's survival to this day. Now recognized as a National Historic Landmark and a National Historic Civil Engineering Landmark, the Durango and Silverton continues to provide year-round tourist service. Our Durango and Silverton passenger set comes complete with:2-8-0 locomotive and tender with operating headlight, open excursion car, old-time combine car, old-time coach car, 47″ x 38″ oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, power pack, and speed controller. Age Rated 14 and UpFrom the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
886205
Bachmann Trains - Durango & Silverton Ready To Run Electric Train Set - N Scale
Product Description Product Description Durango & Silverton Ready To Run Electric Train Set - N Scale. Built originally as a mining line, the scenic value of the Durango & Silverton was quickly recognized in passenger service. After surviving natural disasters, wars, and financial instability, a determined staff (and starring roles in several Hollywood movies) promoted the tourism that ensures the line's survival to this day. Now recognized as a National Historic Landmark and a National Historic Civil Engineering Landmark, the Durango & Silverton continues to provide year-round tourist service. Our N scale Durango & Silverton ready-to-run set comes complete with: 0-6-0 locomotive and tender, old-time combine, two old-time coaches, 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Z Track, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer Durango and Silverton - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. Built originally as a mining line, the scenic value of the Durango and Silverton was quickly recognized in passenger service. After surviving natural disasters, wars, and financial instability, a determined staff (and starring roles in several Hollywood movies) promoted the tourism that ensures the line's survival to this day. Now recognized as a National Historic Landmark and a National Historic Civil Engineering Landmark, the Durango and Silverton continues to provide year-round tourist service. Our N scale Durango and Silverton ready-to-run set comes complete with, 0-6-0 locomotive and tender, old-time combine, two old-time coaches, 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Z Track, power pack and speed controller. Product Description Product Description Durango & Silverton Ready To Run Electric Train Set - N Scale. Built originally as a mining line, the scenic value of the Durango & Silverton was quickly recognized in passenger service. After surviving natural disasters, wars, and financial instability, a determined staff (and starring roles in several Hollywood movies) promoted the tourism that ensures the line's survival to this day. Now recognized as a National Historic Landmark and a National Historic Civil Engineering Landmark, the Durango & Silverton continues to provide year-round tourist service. Our N scale Durango & Silverton ready-to-run set comes complete with: 0-6-0 locomotive and tender, old-time combine, two old-time coaches, 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Z Track, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer Durango and Silverton - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. Built originally as a mining line, the scenic value of the Durango and Silverton was quickly recognized in passenger service. After surviving natural disasters, wars, and financial instability, a determined staff (and starring roles in several Hollywood movies) promoted the tourism that ensures the line's survival to this day. Now recognized as a National Historic Landmark and a National Historic Civil Engineering Landmark, the Durango and Silverton continues to provide year-round tourist service. Our N scale Durango and Silverton ready-to-run set comes complete with, 0-6-0 locomotive and tender, old-time combine, two old-time coaches, 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Z Track, power pack and speed controller.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1589185
Bachmann Trains - Super Chief Ready To Run Electric Train Set - N Scale
Product Description Product Description Bachman trains - Super Chief ready to run Electric train set - N scale. With the pride and power of a born leader, the mighty Super Chief Thunders along the rails. Spearheading the charge is an F7-A diesel locomotive with the Santa fe’s distinctive Red and silver “war bonnet” paint scheme. The N scale Super Chief ready-to-run set comes complete with: F7-A locomotive with operating headlight, box car, steel gondola, offset cupola caboose, 24" Circle of nickel silver E-Z track, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual From the Manufacturer SUPER CHIEF - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. With the pride and power of a born leader, the mighty Super Chief thunders along the rails. Spearheading the charge is an F7-A diesel locomotive with the Santa Fe’s distinctive red and silver "war bonnet" paint scheme. The N scale Super Chief ready-to-run set comes complete with, F7-A locomotive with operating headlight, steel gondola, box car, off-center caboose, 24" circle of nickel silver E-Z Track, power pack and speed controller. Product Description Product Description Bachman trains - Super Chief ready to run Electric train set - N scale. With the pride and power of a born leader, the mighty Super Chief Thunders along the rails. Spearheading the charge is an F7-A diesel locomotive with the Santa fe’s distinctive Red and silver “war bonnet” paint scheme. The N scale Super Chief ready-to-run set comes complete with: F7-A locomotive with operating headlight, box car, steel gondola, offset cupola caboose, 24" Circle of nickel silver E-Z track, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual From the Manufacturer SUPER CHIEF - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. With the pride and power of a born leader, the mighty Super Chief thunders along the rails. Spearheading the charge is an F7-A diesel locomotive with the Santa Fe’s distinctive red and silver "war bonnet" paint scheme. The N scale Super Chief ready-to-run set comes complete with, F7-A locomotive with operating headlight, steel gondola, box car, off-center caboose, 24" circle of nickel silver E-Z Track, power pack and speed controller.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
850006
Bachmann Trains - McKinley Explorer Ready To Run Electric Passenger Train Set - N Scale , Navy
Product Description Bachmann Trains McKINLEY EXPLORER - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set - N Scale: Treating passengers to breathtaking views of the Alaskan wilderness in special vista-dome cars is the McKinley Explorer. Operating today from Anchorage to Fairbanks, and running past Denali National Park, this train's lucky riders might thrill to the sight of bear, moose, sheep and bald eagles. Now updated with a GP40 diesel, our N scale McKinley Explorer set comes complete with: EMD GP40 locomotive with operating headlight, three full-dome passenger cars (the Kenai, Knik and Deshka, all named after Alaskan rivers), 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Z Track including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. Product Description Bachmann Trains McKINLEY EXPLORER - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set - N Scale: Treating passengers to breathtaking views of the Alaskan wilderness in special vista-dome cars is the McKinley Explorer. Operating today from Anchorage to Fairbanks, and running past Denali National Park, this train's lucky riders might thrill to the sight of bear, moose, sheep and bald eagles. Now updated with a GP40 diesel, our N scale McKinley Explorer set comes complete with: EMD GP40 locomotive with operating headlight, three full-dome passenger cars (the Kenai, Knik and Deshka, all named after Alaskan rivers), 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Z Track including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
822075
Bachmann Figure 8 E-Z Track Pack - N Scale Train, 44878
Product Description FIGURE 8 E-Z TRACK PACK - N Scale. Contains all the E-Z Track you need to create a complete 54" X 23. 5" Figure 8 layout Product Description FIGURE 8 E-Z TRACK PACK - N Scale. Contains all the E-Z Track you need to create a complete 54" X 23. 5" Figure 8 layoutFrom the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
151535
Bachmann Trains - Coastliner Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale
Product Description Coast liner ready to run electric train set - ho scale. From Southern seashores to Northern ports, rail transport keeps freight moving and American factories humming. With its distinctive engine and cars displaying the classic cuss paint schemes, the coast liner is proud to ride the busy rails of the eastern seaboard. This complete ready to run electric train set includes: EMD g diesel locomotive with operating headlight, two flat cars with container loads, wide-vision caboose, body mounted e-z(r) mate couplers, 36' circle of E-Z track, power pack with speed controller, and illustrated instruction manual. Product Description Coast liner ready to run electric train set - ho scale. From Southern seashores to Northern ports, rail transport keeps freight moving and American factories humming. With its distinctive engine and cars displaying the classic cuss paint schemes, the coast liner is proud to ride the busy rails of the eastern seaboard. This complete ready to run electric train set includes: EMD g diesel locomotive with operating headlight, two flat cars with container loads, wide-vision caboose, body mounted e-z(r) mate couplers, 36' circle of E-Z track, power pack with speed controller, and illustrated instruction manual.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1555994
Bachmann Trains - Digital Commander DCC Equipped Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description Digital Commander DCC Equipped Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. The Digital Commander has everything you need to get started in digital model railroading in one ready-to-run set! It includes our exclusive, easy-to-use E-Z Command digital system that lets you independently control the speed, direction, and lighting of two decoder-equipped locomotives. Take control of your own freight rail empire with the Digital Commander! This digitally controlled train set features: DCC-equipped EMD GP40 locomotive with operating headlight, DCC-equipped EMD FT-A locomotive with operating headlight, plug-door box car, open quad hopper, wide-vision caboose, E-Z Command Control Center with wall pack and plug-in wiring, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers, 56" x 38" oval of nickel silver E-Z Track, including 12 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, 1 terminal rerailer, 1 manual turnout - left, under-track magnet with brakeman figure, and 1 Hayes bumper, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer Model railroading enters the digital age with the Digital Commander! Create your own fledgeling railroad empire or work with a friend to coordinate freight and switching operations. Our exclusive E-Z Command digital control system lets you independently control the speed, direction, and lighting of two decoder-equipped locomotives. Product Description Product Description Digital Commander DCC Equipped Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. The Digital Commander has everything you need to get started in digital model railroading in one ready-to-run set! It includes our exclusive, easy-to-use E-Z Command digital system that lets you independently control the speed, direction, and lighting of two decoder-equipped locomotives. Take control of your own freight rail empire with the Digital Commander! This digitally controlled train set features: DCC-equipped EMD GP40 locomotive with operating headlight, DCC-equipped EMD FT-A locomotive with operating headlight, plug-door box car, open quad hopper, wide-vision caboose, E-Z Command Control Center with wall pack and plug-in wiring, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers, 56" x 38" oval of nickel silver E-Z Track, including 12 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, 1 terminal rerailer, 1 manual turnout - left, under-track magnet with brakeman figure, and 1 Hayes bumper, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer Model railroading enters the digital age with the Digital Commander! Create your own fledgeling railroad empire or work with a friend to coordinate freight and switching operations. Our exclusive E-Z Command digital control system lets you independently control the speed, direction, and lighting of two decoder-equipped locomotives.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1460733
Bachmann Trains - Empire Builder Ready To Run 68 Piece Electric Train Set - N Scale
Product Description Product Description Empire Builder Ready To Run 68 Piece Electric Train Set - N Scale. American railroads helped build great fortunes and the wealth of the Nation. Doing its part, our Empire Builder train set comes complete with Bachmann‘s exclusive E-Z Track snap-fit track and roadbed system. This set includes; Northern 4-8-4 steam locomotive and tender with operating headlight, wood reefer, single-dome tank car, center-flow hopper, plug-door box car, wood stock car, wood-braced gondola, open quad offset hopper, offset cupola caboose, 44” x 24” oval of nickel silver E-Z Track including 11 pieces curved track, 8 pieces straight track and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, 12 telephone poles, 24 railroad and street signs, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer American railroads helped build great fortunes and the wealth of the Nation. Product Description Product Description Empire Builder Ready To Run 68 Piece Electric Train Set - N Scale. American railroads helped build great fortunes and the wealth of the Nation. Doing its part, our Empire Builder train set comes complete with Bachmann‘s exclusive E-Z Track snap-fit track and roadbed system. This set includes; Northern 4-8-4 steam locomotive and tender with operating headlight, wood reefer, single-dome tank car, center-flow hopper, plug-door box car, wood stock car, wood-braced gondola, open quad offset hopper, offset cupola caboose, 44” x 24” oval of nickel silver E-Z Track including 11 pieces curved track, 8 pieces straight track and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, 12 telephone poles, 24 railroad and street signs, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer American railroads helped build great fortunes and the wealth of the Nation.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
864631
Bachmann Trains - Thoroughbred Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description Thoroughbred Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. Wheels rumble like the pounding of hooves as this iron horse rounds the bend. Hauling freight with the ease and grace of a champion, the Thoroughbred delivers fun and adventure to your stable of trains. View video to see this set in action. This ready-to-run train set includes: F7 diesel locomotive with operating headlight, open quad hopper, gondola, wide-vision caboose, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers,47" x 38" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track including 12 pieces of curved track, 1 piece of straight track and 1 plug-in terminal rerailer, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer Wheels rumble like the pounding of hooves as this iron horse rounds the bend. Hauling freight with the ease and grace of a champion the Thoroughbred delivers fun and adventure to your stable of trains. Product Description Product Description Thoroughbred Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. Wheels rumble like the pounding of hooves as this iron horse rounds the bend. Hauling freight with the ease and grace of a champion, the Thoroughbred delivers fun and adventure to your stable of trains. View video to see this set in action. This ready-to-run train set includes: F7 diesel locomotive with operating headlight, open quad hopper, gondola, wide-vision caboose, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers,47" x 38" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track including 12 pieces of curved track, 1 piece of straight track and 1 plug-in terminal rerailer, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer Wheels rumble like the pounding of hooves as this iron horse rounds the bend. Hauling freight with the ease and grace of a champion the Thoroughbred delivers fun and adventure to your stable of trains.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1181383
Bachmann Trains - Trailblazer Ready To Run 60 Piece Electric Train Set - N Scale
Product Description Bachmann Trains TRAILBLAZER - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. As the West developed from desolate wilderness to bustling cities, it was trains such as the Trailblazer that spearheaded America's explosive growth from coast to coast. Our 60-piece Trailblazer set with its 4-6-0 locomotive lets you experience all the excitement of the Iron Horse's journeys through the crossroads of railroading history! This ready-to-run train set includes; 4-6-0 steam locomotive and tender with operating headlight, box car, gondola car, single-dome tank car, old-time caboose, 34" x 24" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, train station, 24 railroad and street signs, 12 telephone poles, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. Product Description Bachmann Trains TRAILBLAZER - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. As the West developed from desolate wilderness to bustling cities, it was trains such as the Trailblazer that spearheaded America's explosive growth from coast to coast. Our 60-piece Trailblazer set with its 4-6-0 locomotive lets you experience all the excitement of the Iron Horse's journeys through the crossroads of railroading history! This ready-to-run train set includes; 4-6-0 steam locomotive and tender with operating headlight, box car, gondola car, single-dome tank car, old-time caboose, 34" x 24" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, train station, 24 railroad and street signs, 12 telephone poles, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1305405
Bachmann Trains - Rail Chief Ready To Run 130 Piece Electric Train Set - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description 5-Car "HO scale" Train - EMD GP40 diesel locomotive (with operating headlight) - open quad hopper- gondola- steel Reefer- off-center caboose body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers 47" X 38” oval track sets up in minutes includes signal bridge, 36 people figures, 24 telephone poles and 48 railroad and street signs includes Power pack, speed controller and plug-in terminal rerailer plugs into an AC outlet ages 14+ From the Manufacturer You will command the rails with our striking Rail Chief set. Complete with miniature people and a signal bridge, this 130-piece set will let you oversee your own detailed railroading empire. This ready-to-run train set includes: EMD GP40 diesel locomotive with operating headlight, open quad hopper car, gondola car, steel reefer car, off-center caboose, 47" x 38" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, including 12 pieces curved track, 1 piece straight track, and 1 plug-in terminal rerailer, signal bridge, 36 miniature people, 24 telephone poles, 48 railroad and street signs, power pack and speed controller. Product Description Product Description 5-Car "HO scale" Train - EMD GP40 diesel locomotive (with operating headlight) - open quad hopper- gondola- steel Reefer- off-center caboose body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers 47" X 38” oval track sets up in minutes includes signal bridge, 36 people figures, 24 telephone poles and 48 railroad and street signs includes Power pack, speed controller and plug-in terminal rerailer plugs into an AC outlet ages 14+ From the Manufacturer You will command the rails with our striking Rail Chief set. Complete with miniature people and a signal bridge, this 130-piece set will let you oversee your own detailed railroading empire. This ready-to-run train set includes: EMD GP40 diesel locomotive with operating headlight, open quad hopper car, gondola car, steel reefer car, off-center caboose, 47" x 38" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, including 12 pieces curved track, 1 piece straight track, and 1 plug-in terminal rerailer, signal bridge, 36 miniature people, 24 telephone poles, 48 railroad and street signs, power pack and speed controller.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1516838
Bachmann Trains Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK E-Z TRACK OVER-UNDER FIGURE 8 TRACK PACK - STEEL ALLOY Rail With Black Roadbed - HO Scale
Product Description Bachmann Trains Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK E-Z TRACK OVER-UNDER FIGURE 8 TRACK PACK - STEEL ALLOY Rail With Black Roadbed - HO Scale. Railroading fun gets bigger and better with our steel alloy E-Z Track Over-Under Figure 8 Track Pack! Create a giant 78" x 36" over-under “Figure 8” with the 14-piece graduated pier set, 20 pieces of 18" radius curved E-Z Track, and 4 pieces of 9" straight E-Z Track included in this track pack. Set includes: 19 pieces 18″ radius curved track, 1 piece 18″ radius curved terminal rerailer, 4 pieces of 9" straight track, 14-piece graduated pier set ( 3⅜" vertical clearance under the tallest pier) Product Description Bachmann Trains Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK E-Z TRACK OVER-UNDER FIGURE 8 TRACK PACK - STEEL ALLOY Rail With Black Roadbed - HO Scale. Railroading fun gets bigger and better with our steel alloy E-Z Track Over-Under Figure 8 Track Pack! Create a giant 78" x 36" over-under “Figure 8” with the 14-piece graduated pier set, 20 pieces of 18" radius curved E-Z Track, and 4 pieces of 9" straight E-Z Track included in this track pack. Set includes: 19 pieces 18″ radius curved track, 1 piece 18″ radius curved terminal rerailer, 4 pieces of 9" straight track, 14-piece graduated pier set ( 3⅜" vertical clearance under the tallest pier)From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
943960
Bachmann Trains - Jingle Bell Express Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale
Product Description This Bachmann Trains Jingle Bell Express HO Scale Electric Train Toy will make a special addition to holiday decor. It is decked out in red and green and is carrying a sweet cargo of holiday treats. The ready-to-run electric train set for kids will delivery merry dreams around your Christmas tree for years to come. This item includes one 0-6-0 steam locomotive with an operating headlight and coal tender, a single-dome tank car, a box car, a quad hopper car and an off-center caboose. It also comes with a large E-Z track oval, a power pack and speed controller and an illustrated instruction manual. This Bachmann electric train set will delight both kids and adults. Product Description This Bachmann Trains Jingle Bell Express HO Scale Electric Train Toy will make a special addition to holiday decor. It is decked out in red and green and is carrying a sweet cargo of holiday treats. The ready-to-run electric train set for kids will delivery merry dreams around your Christmas tree for years to come. This item includes one 0-6-0 steam locomotive with an operating headlight and coal tender, a single-dome tank car, a box car, a quad hopper car and an off-center caboose. It also comes with a large E-Z track oval, a power pack and speed controller and an illustrated instruction manual. This Bachmann electric train set will delight both kids and adults.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
689690
Bachmann Trains - Freightmaster Ready To Run 60 Piece Electric Train Set - N Scale
Product Description Freightmaster ready to run 60 piece electric train set - N scale: with a 3, horsepower engine and plenty of pulling Muscle, The EMD GP40 diesel locomotive ensures that the freighter delivers Its goods on time. This two-piece set includes a station, signs, and telephone poles to make you master of your own freight empire! This ready-to-run train set includes: EMD GP40 diesel locomotive with operating headlight, flat car with Container load, gondola car, plug-door box car, wide-vision caboose, 34" X 24" Oval of snap-fit E-Z track, including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, freight station, 24 railroad and street signs, 12 telephone poles, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. Product Description Freightmaster ready to run 60 piece electric train set - N scale: with a 3, horsepower engine and plenty of pulling Muscle, The EMD GP40 diesel locomotive ensures that the freighter delivers Its goods on time. This two-piece set includes a station, signs, and telephone poles to make you master of your own freight empire! This ready-to-run train set includes: EMD GP40 diesel locomotive with operating headlight, flat car with Container load, gondola car, plug-door box car, wide-vision caboose, 34" X 24" Oval of snap-fit E-Z track, including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, freight station, 24 railroad and street signs, 12 telephone poles, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
694733
Bachmann Trains Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK WORLD’S GREATEST HOBBY TRACK PACK - Steel Alloy Rail With Black Roadbed - HO Scale , White
Product Description Product Description Bachmann Trains Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK WORLD’S GREATEST HOBBY TRACK PACK - Steel Alloy Rail With Black Roadbed - HO Scale. It's never been easier to get started in model railroading! Bachmann's Your First Railroad Track Pack contains all the track you need to build the layout featured in the included DVD, Building Your First Model Railroad. Hosted by actor and model railroad enthusiast Michael Gross, the easy-to-follow video will quickly get you on track for fun with the World's Greatest Hobby! 45-piece Track Pack includes: World's Greatest Hobby Building Your First Model Railroad DVD, hosted by actor/model railroader Michael Gross, nine 9" straights, one 9" terminal/rerailer, one 9" rerailer, twenty 18" radius curves, two 3" straights, two switches – left, two switches – right, two Hayes bumpers, four switch wires (green), one terminal wire (red), Bachmann HO scale E-Z Track features: clear tie spacing, low-profile spike heads, modeled from AAR track engineering dimensions From the Manufacturer It’s never been easier to get started in model railroading. Our World’s Greatest Hobby First Railroad Track Pack contains all the track you need to build the 4' x 8' layout featured in the included DVD, Building Your First Model Railroad. Hosted by actor and model railroad enthusiast Michael Gross, the easy-to-follow video will quickly get you on track for fun. Product Description Product Description Bachmann Trains Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK WORLD’S GREATEST HOBBY TRACK PACK - Steel Alloy Rail With Black Roadbed - HO Scale. It's never been easier to get started in model railroading! Bachmann's Your First Railroad Track Pack contains all the track you need to build the layout featured in the included DVD, Building Your First Model Railroad. Hosted by actor and model railroad enthusiast Michael Gross, the easy-to-follow video will quickly get you on track for fun with the World's Greatest Hobby! 45-piece Track Pack includes: World's Greatest Hobby Building Your First Model Railroad DVD, hosted by actor/model railroader Michael Gross, nine 9" straights, one 9" terminal/rerailer, one 9" rerailer, twenty 18" radius curves, two 3" straights, two switches – left, two switches – right, two Hayes bumpers, four switch wires (green), one terminal wire (red), Bachmann HO scale E-Z Track features: clear tie spacing, low-profile spike heads, modeled from AAR track engineering dimensions From the Manufacturer It’s never been easier to get started in model railroading. Our World’s Greatest Hobby First Railroad Track Pack contains all the track you need to build the 4' x 8' layout featured in the included DVD, Building Your First Model Railroad. Hosted by actor and model railroad enthusiast Michael Gross, the easy-to-follow video will quickly get you on track for fun.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
465003
Bachmann Trains - Santa Fe Flyer Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description Santa Fe Flyer Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. Hauling freight across the deserts, mountains, and cities of the American landscape is the Santa Fe Flyer. Powered by a mighty Santa Fe FT diesel locomotive with its distinctive “war bonnet” paint scheme, this sleek and powerful train deftly handles the ever-changing terrain of the Southwest United States. The Santa Fe Flyer includes: EMD FT diesel locomotive with operating headlight, open quad hopper, gondola, offset cupola caboose, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers, 36" circle of snap-fit E-Z Track including 11 pieces of curved track and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer Hauling freight across the deserts, mountains, and cities of the American landscape is the Santa Fe Flyer. Powered by a mighty Santa Fe FT diesel locomotive with its distinctive war bonnet paint scheme, this sleek and powerful train deftly handles the ever-changing terrain of the Southwest United States. Product Description Product Description Santa Fe Flyer Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. Hauling freight across the deserts, mountains, and cities of the American landscape is the Santa Fe Flyer. Powered by a mighty Santa Fe FT diesel locomotive with its distinctive “war bonnet” paint scheme, this sleek and powerful train deftly handles the ever-changing terrain of the Southwest United States. The Santa Fe Flyer includes: EMD FT diesel locomotive with operating headlight, open quad hopper, gondola, offset cupola caboose, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers, 36" circle of snap-fit E-Z Track including 11 pieces of curved track and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. From the Manufacturer Hauling freight across the deserts, mountains, and cities of the American landscape is the Santa Fe Flyer. Powered by a mighty Santa Fe FT diesel locomotive with its distinctive war bonnet paint scheme, this sleek and powerful train deftly handles the ever-changing terrain of the Southwest United States.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
291047
Bachmann Trains - Merry Christmas Express Ready to Run Electric Train Set - N Scale, Multi Color
Product Description Merry Christmas Express Ready To Run Electric Train Set – N Scale Ready to deliver Yuletide joy is the Merry Christmas Express. Decked out for the holidays, the train features a red North Pole & Southern 0-6-0 steam locomotive, bow-wrapped box car, garland-festooned hopper, and wreath-decorated caboose. Bursting with holiday cheer in N scale, this set is ideal for a table-top display, around a miniature tree, or anywhere you want to wish one and all a very Merry Christmas. This ready-to-run train set includes: USRA 0-6-0 locomotive with tender, box car, hopper car, bobber caboose, 24" circle of nickel silver E-Z Track, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual Product Description Merry Christmas Express Ready To Run Electric Train Set – N Scale Ready to deliver Yuletide joy is the Merry Christmas Express. Decked out for the holidays, the train features a red North Pole & Southern 0-6-0 steam locomotive, bow-wrapped box car, garland-festooned hopper, and wreath-decorated caboose. Bursting with holiday cheer in N scale, this set is ideal for a table-top display, around a miniature tree, or anywhere you want to wish one and all a very Merry Christmas. This ready-to-run train set includes: USRA 0-6-0 locomotive with tender, box car, hopper car, bobber caboose, 24" circle of nickel silver E-Z Track, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manualFrom the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
179140
Bachmann Trains - The Broadway Limited Ready To Run Electric Train Set - N Scale
Product Description The Broadway limited ready-to-run N scale electric train set. Pennsylvania railroad’s Broadway limited carried passengers in style between new York city and Chicago for over 40 years, Starting in 1912. Rather than new York city's famed thoroughfare, it was named for the railroads “broad way," four-track mainline. With three elegant Tuscan red cars pulled by a classic 4-6-0 steam locomotive, Bachmann Broadway limited set is ready to carry on Pennsylvania railroad’s grand tradition for your N scale passengers. This ready-to-run train set includes: 4-6-0 locomotive with operating headlight and tender, 60’ Combine car, 60’ coach car, 60’ observation car, 34" X 24" Oval of nickel silver E-Z track, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. Product Description The Broadway limited ready-to-run N scale electric train set. Pennsylvania railroad’s Broadway limited carried passengers in style between new York city and Chicago for over 40 years, Starting in 1912. Rather than new York city's famed thoroughfare, it was named for the railroads “broad way," four-track mainline. With three elegant Tuscan red cars pulled by a classic 4-6-0 steam locomotive, Bachmann Broadway limited set is ready to carry on Pennsylvania railroad’s grand tradition for your N scale passengers. This ready-to-run train set includes: 4-6-0 locomotive with operating headlight and tender, 60’ Combine car, 60’ coach car, 60’ observation car, 34" X 24" Oval of nickel silver E-Z track, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1142260
Bachmann Trains - Chattanooga Ready To Run 155 Piece Electric Train Set - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description Chattanooga Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. Capturing all the energy and excitement of train travel is the Chattanooga. Named for the famous Nashville, Chattanooga & St. Louis Railroad, this 155-piece set includes all the miniature people, buildings, and structures you'll need to recreate the romance of the steam era. View video to see the set in action. This ready-to-run train set includes: 0-6-0 steam locomotive and tender with operating smoke and headlight, plug-door box car, open quad hopper, single-dome tank car, offset cupola caboose, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers, 47" x 38" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, including 12 pieces of curved track, 1 piece of straight track, and 1 plug-in terminal rerailer, suburban station, signal bridge, 48 railroad and street signs, 36 telephone poles, 48 assorted figures, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. Amazon.com It's the romance of the train--in a box. This electric train set has a replica of an old steam locomotive with a working headlight and an active smokestack (just drop some of the included "smoke liquid" into the funnel). Linked together, the beautifully detailed locomotive and the coal tender are 9 inches long. Also trailing along are two railcars, a Penn Salt tanker car, and a red caboose. The snap-together E-Z Track pieces form an oval-shaped track that is 47 inches long by 38 inches wide. The set also contains telephone poles, a signal bridge, a station, railroad and street signs, a power pack with forward, reverse, and speed controls, and an instructional video. --Richard Farr From the Manufacturer Capturing all the energy and excitement of train travel is the Chattanooga. Named for the famous Nashville, Chattanooga and St. Louis Railroad this 155-piece set includes all the miniature people, buildings, and structures you will need to recreate the romance of the steam era. See more Product Description Product Description Chattanooga Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. Capturing all the energy and excitement of train travel is the Chattanooga. Named for the famous Nashville, Chattanooga & St. Louis Railroad, this 155-piece set includes all the miniature people, buildings, and structures you'll need to recreate the romance of the steam era. View video to see the set in action. This ready-to-run train set includes: 0-6-0 steam locomotive and tender with operating smoke and headlight, plug-door box car, open quad hopper, single-dome tank car, offset cupola caboose, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers, 47" x 38" oval of snap-fit E-Z Track, including 12 pieces of curved track, 1 piece of straight track, and 1 plug-in terminal rerailer, suburban station, signal bridge, 48 railroad and street signs, 36 telephone poles, 48 assorted figures, power pack and speed controller, illustrated instruction manual. Amazon.com It's the romance of the train--in a box. This electric train set has a replica of an old steam locomotive with a working headlight and an active smokestack (just drop some of the included "smoke liquid" into the funnel). Linked together, the beautifully detailed locomotive and the coal tender are 9 inches long. Also trailing along are two railcars, a Penn Salt tanker car, and a red caboose. The snap-together E-Z Track pieces form an oval-shaped track that is 47 inches long by 38 inches wide. The set also contains telephone poles, a signal bridge, a station, railroad and street signs, a power pack with forward, reverse, and speed controls, and an instructional video. --Richard Farr From the Manufacturer Capturing all the energy and excitement of train travel is the Chattanooga. Named for the famous Nashville, Chattanooga and St. Louis Railroad this 155-piece set includes all the miniature people, buildings, and structures you will need to recreate the romance of the steam era. See moreFrom the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
867449
Bachmann Trains - Pacific Flyer Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description Pacific Flyer Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. Assembly and breakdown of trains in the railway yard is tough work, but this 0-6-0 steam switcher is ready to get the job done. Assemble your consist, clear the yard and move your freight to its final destination with the Pacific Flyer! Watch the video to see the set in action! This ready-to-run train set includes: 0-6-0 steam locomotive and tender with operating headlight, gondola, box car, offset cupola caboose, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers, 36" circle of snap-fit E-Z Track including 11 pieces of curved track and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, power pack and speed control, illustrated instruction manual From the Manufacturer Assembly and breakdown of trains in the railway yard is tough work, but this 0-6-0 steam switcher is ready to get the job done. Assemble your consist, clear the yard and move your freight to its final destination with the Pacific Flyer. Product Description Product Description Pacific Flyer Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. Assembly and breakdown of trains in the railway yard is tough work, but this 0-6-0 steam switcher is ready to get the job done. Assemble your consist, clear the yard and move your freight to its final destination with the Pacific Flyer! Watch the video to see the set in action! This ready-to-run train set includes: 0-6-0 steam locomotive and tender with operating headlight, gondola, box car, offset cupola caboose, body-mounted E-Z Mate couplers, 36" circle of snap-fit E-Z Track including 11 pieces of curved track and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, power pack and speed control, illustrated instruction manual From the Manufacturer Assembly and breakdown of trains in the railway yard is tough work, but this 0-6-0 steam switcher is ready to get the job done. Assemble your consist, clear the yard and move your freight to its final destination with the Pacific Flyer.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
331756
Bachmann Trains - Spirit Of Christmas Ready To Run Electric Train Set - N Scale
Product Description Product Description Bachmann Trains SPIRIT OF CHRISTMAS - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. Good things come in small packages. This is certainly true when it comes to the Spirit of Christmas N scale set. Perfect for under-the-tree in a small space and festively decorated for a very Merry Christmas. This ready-to-run set features: 0-6-0 steam locomotive and tender, old-time combine car, two old-time coach cars, 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Track including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, Power pack and speed controller. From the Manufacturer Good things come in small packages. This is certainly true when it comes to the Spirit of Christmas N scale set. Perfect for under-the-tree in a small space and festively decorated for a very Merry Christmas. This ready-to-run set features: 0-6-0 steam locomotive and tender, old-time combine car, two old-time coach cars, 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Track including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, Power pack and speed controller. Product Description Product Description Bachmann Trains SPIRIT OF CHRISTMAS - N Scale Ready to Run Electric Train Set. Good things come in small packages. This is certainly true when it comes to the Spirit of Christmas N scale set. Perfect for under-the-tree in a small space and festively decorated for a very Merry Christmas. This ready-to-run set features: 0-6-0 steam locomotive and tender, old-time combine car, two old-time coach cars, 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Track including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, Power pack and speed controller. From the Manufacturer Good things come in small packages. This is certainly true when it comes to the Spirit of Christmas N scale set. Perfect for under-the-tree in a small space and festively decorated for a very Merry Christmas. This ready-to-run set features: 0-6-0 steam locomotive and tender, old-time combine car, two old-time coach cars, 34" x 24" oval of nickel silver E-Track including 11 pieces curved track, 4 pieces straight track, and 1 curved plug-in terminal rerailer, Power pack and speed controller.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1614223
Bachmann Trains - Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK 8 PC. E-Z TRACK TALL PIER SET - NICKEL SILVER Rail With Grey Roadbed - N Scale
Product Description Product Description N scale tall pier set From the Manufacturer N scale tall pier set Product Description Product Description N scale tall pier set From the Manufacturer N scale tall pier setFrom the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
982726
Bachmann Trains Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK WORLD’S GREATEST HOBBY FIRST RAILROAD TRACK PACK - NICKEL SILVER Rail With Grey Roadbed - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description Bachmann Trains Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK WORLD’S GREATEST HOBBY FIRST RAILROAD TRACK PACK - NICKEL SILVER Rail With Grey Roadbed - HO Scale. It's never been easier to get started in model railroading! Bachmann's Your First Railroad Track Pack contains all the track you need to build the layout featured in the included DVD, Building Your First Model Railroad. Hosted by actor and model railroad enthusiast Michael Gross, the easy-to-follow video will quickly get you on track for fun with the World's Greatest Hobby! 45-piece Track Pack includes: World's Greatest Hobby Building Your First Model Railroad DVD, hosted by actor/model railroader Michael Gross, nine 9" straights, one 9" terminal/rerailer, one 9" rerailer, twenty 18" radius curves, two 3" straights, two switches – left, two switches – right, two Hayes bumpers, four switch wires (green), one terminal wire (red), Bachmann HO scale E-Z Track features: clear tie spacing, low-profile spike heads, modeled from AAR track engineering dimensions From the Manufacturer It's never been easier to get started in model railroading! Bachmann's Your First Railroad Track Pack contains all the track you need to build the layout featured in the included DVD, Building Your First Model Railroad. Hosted by actor and model railroad enthusiast Michael Gross, the easy-to-follow video will quickly get you on track for fun with the World's Greatest Hobby!. 45-piece Track Pack includes:. World's Greatest Hobby Building Your First Model Railroad DVD, hosted by actor/model railroader Michael Gross. Nine 9" straights. One 9" terminal/rerailer. One 9" rerailer. Twenty 18" radius curves. Two 3" straights. Two remote turnouts - left. Two remote turnouts - right. Two Hayes bumpers. Four switch wires (green). Two terminal wire (red). Bachmann HO scale E-Z Track features:. Clear tie spacing. Low-profile spike heads. Modeled from AAR track engineering dimensions. Product Description Product Description Bachmann Trains Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK WORLD’S GREATEST HOBBY FIRST RAILROAD TRACK PACK - NICKEL SILVER Rail With Grey Roadbed - HO Scale. It's never been easier to get started in model railroading! Bachmann's Your First Railroad Track Pack contains all the track you need to build the layout featured in the included DVD, Building Your First Model Railroad. Hosted by actor and model railroad enthusiast Michael Gross, the easy-to-follow video will quickly get you on track for fun with the World's Greatest Hobby! 45-piece Track Pack includes: World's Greatest Hobby Building Your First Model Railroad DVD, hosted by actor/model railroader Michael Gross, nine 9" straights, one 9" terminal/rerailer, one 9" rerailer, twenty 18" radius curves, two 3" straights, two switches – left, two switches – right, two Hayes bumpers, four switch wires (green), one terminal wire (red), Bachmann HO scale E-Z Track features: clear tie spacing, low-profile spike heads, modeled from AAR track engineering dimensions From the Manufacturer It's never been easier to get started in model railroading! Bachmann's Your First Railroad Track Pack contains all the track you need to build the layout featured in the included DVD, Building Your First Model Railroad. Hosted by actor and model railroad enthusiast Michael Gross, the easy-to-follow video will quickly get you on track for fun with the World's Greatest Hobby!. 45-piece Track Pack includes:. World's Greatest Hobby Building Your First Model Railroad DVD, hosted by actor/model railroader Michael Gross. Nine 9" straights. One 9" terminal/rerailer. One 9" rerailer. Twenty 18" radius curves. Two 3" straights. Two remote turnouts - left. Two remote turnouts - right. Two Hayes bumpers. Four switch wires (green). Two terminal wire (red). Bachmann HO scale E-Z Track features:. Clear tie spacing. Low-profile spike heads. Modeled from AAR track engineering dimensions.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1475869
Bachmann Trains - Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK 16 PC. E-Z TRACK GRADUATED PIER SET - NICKEL SILVER Rail With Grey Roadbed - N Scale, 8
Product Description Product Description N scale graduated pier set From the Manufacturer N scale graduated pier set Product Description Product Description N scale graduated pier set From the Manufacturer N scale graduated pier setFrom the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
142362
Bachmann Trains - Snap-Fit E-Z Track 9” Straight Track (4/card) - Nickel Silver Rail With Gray Roadbed - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description Snap-Fit E-Z Track 9” Straight Track (4/card) - Nickel Silver Rail With Gray Roadbed - HO Scale. Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. E-Z Track is designed to Snap Together and Stay Together on Floors, Tables and Carpets. This product features Nickel Silver Rail with Gray Roadbed, Designed to Provide Excellent Conductivity and Durability. Four pieces of 9” Straight Track build 36” of railroad. From the Manufacturer Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. Nickel Silver Rail. Gray Roadbed. E-Z Track System --Snaps Together, Stays Together on Floors, Tables and Carpets. Product Description Product Description Snap-Fit E-Z Track 9” Straight Track (4/card) - Nickel Silver Rail With Gray Roadbed - HO Scale. Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. E-Z Track is designed to Snap Together and Stay Together on Floors, Tables and Carpets. This product features Nickel Silver Rail with Gray Roadbed, Designed to Provide Excellent Conductivity and Durability. Four pieces of 9” Straight Track build 36” of railroad. From the Manufacturer Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. Nickel Silver Rail. Gray Roadbed. E-Z Track System --Snaps Together, Stays Together on Floors, Tables and Carpets.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1532518
Bachmann Trains - Operating - STORAGE BUILDING with STEAM WHISTLE SOUND - HO Scale,46209
Product Description Product Description Bachmann Trains - Operating - STORAGE BUILDING with STEAM WHISTLE SOUND - HO Scale From the Manufacturer Plasticville U.S.A. pieces add character and dimension to your HO scale layout. City growth is limited only by your imagination. Product Description Product Description Bachmann Trains - Operating - STORAGE BUILDING with STEAM WHISTLE SOUND - HO Scale From the Manufacturer Plasticville U.S.A. pieces add character and dimension to your HO scale layout. City growth is limited only by your imagination.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1619909
HO SCALE BALLAST SPREADER with SHUTOFF - HO Scale
Product Description HO scale ballast spreader with shutoff - HO scale. Working on the railroad is much easier with our line of track accessories. Ballast the easy way with this handy tool. Shutoff valve lets you stop ballast flow when you want to move spreader to different areas or when it reaches the end of track. Product Description HO scale ballast spreader with shutoff - HO scale. Working on the railroad is much easier with our line of track accessories. Ballast the easy way with this handy tool. Shutoff valve lets you stop ballast flow when you want to move spreader to different areas or when it reaches the end of track.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1495635
Bachmann Trains - Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK 18” RADIUS CURVED TRACK (4/card) - NICKEL SILVER Rail With Gray Roadbed - HO Scale , Grey
Product Description Product Description Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK 18” RADIUS CURVED TRACK (4/card) - NICKEL SILVER Rail With Gray Roadbed - HO Scale. Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. E-Z Track is designed to Snap Together and Stay Together on Floors, Tables and Carpets. This product features Nickel Silver Rail with Gray Roadbed. 18” Radius Curved Track is the basic curve of the E-Z Track system. It can also be placed on the inside of 22” radius curved E-Z Track for double-track mainline realism. Four pieces of track make up one-third (120 degrees) of a 36” diameter circle. From the Manufacturer Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. Nickel Silver Rail. Gray Roadbed. E-Z Track System --Snaps Together, Stays Together on Floors, Tables and Carpets. Product Description Product Description Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK 18” RADIUS CURVED TRACK (4/card) - NICKEL SILVER Rail With Gray Roadbed - HO Scale. Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. E-Z Track is designed to Snap Together and Stay Together on Floors, Tables and Carpets. This product features Nickel Silver Rail with Gray Roadbed. 18” Radius Curved Track is the basic curve of the E-Z Track system. It can also be placed on the inside of 22” radius curved E-Z Track for double-track mainline realism. Four pieces of track make up one-third (120 degrees) of a 36” diameter circle. From the Manufacturer Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. Nickel Silver Rail. Gray Roadbed. E-Z Track System --Snaps Together, Stays Together on Floors, Tables and Carpets.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1392465
Bachmann Trains - Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK LAYOUT EXPANDER SET - STEEL ALLOY Rail With Black Roadbed - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description Bachmann Trains Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK LAYOUT EXPANDER SET - STEEL ALLOY Rail With Black Roadbed - HO Scale. With the E-Z Track Expander Set, you can add to the track included with our train sets or create new configurations of turnouts, branch lines, and double-track mainlines on your existing railroad. Includes; 12 pieces of snap-fit E-Z Track, including 4 pieces of 9" straight, 4 pieces 18" radius curved track, 1 remote turnout - left, 1 remote turnout - right, 2 Hayes bumpers. From the Manufacturer With the E-Z Track Expander Set, you can add to the track included with our train sets or create new configurations of turnouts, branch lines, and double-track mainlines on your existing railroad. Offered in steel alloy (with black roadbed) or nickel silver (with gray roadbed) versions. Product Description Product Description Bachmann Trains Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK LAYOUT EXPANDER SET - STEEL ALLOY Rail With Black Roadbed - HO Scale. With the E-Z Track Expander Set, you can add to the track included with our train sets or create new configurations of turnouts, branch lines, and double-track mainlines on your existing railroad. Includes; 12 pieces of snap-fit E-Z Track, including 4 pieces of 9" straight, 4 pieces 18" radius curved track, 1 remote turnout - left, 1 remote turnout - right, 2 Hayes bumpers. From the Manufacturer With the E-Z Track Expander Set, you can add to the track included with our train sets or create new configurations of turnouts, branch lines, and double-track mainlines on your existing railroad. Offered in steel alloy (with black roadbed) or nickel silver (with gray roadbed) versions.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1521693
Bachmann Trains - Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK REMOTE TURNOUT - RIGHT (1/card) - STEEL ALLOY Rail With Black Roadbed - HO Scale
Product Description Product Description Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK REMOTE TURNOUT - RIGHT (1/card) - STEEL ALLOY Rail With Black Roadbed - HO Scale. Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. E-Z Track is designed to Snap Together and Stay Together on Floors, Tables and Carpets. This product features Steel Alloy Rail with Black Roadbed. This is the basic turnout of the E-Z Track system with a turnout radius matching 18” Radius Curved Track. If you have enough room, you may consider purchasing larger E-Z Track turnouts to allow for smoother transitions between tracks during switching operations, and to accommodate locomotives and rolling stock with longer wheel bases. Note: For Powered Operation All analog turnouts (non-DCC) require 16V AC or DC accessory power supply. From the Manufacturer Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. Steel Alloy rail. Black roadbed. E-Z Track System - Snaps Together, Stays Together on Floors, Tables and Carpets. Product Description Product Description Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK REMOTE TURNOUT - RIGHT (1/card) - STEEL ALLOY Rail With Black Roadbed - HO Scale. Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. E-Z Track is designed to Snap Together and Stay Together on Floors, Tables and Carpets. This product features Steel Alloy Rail with Black Roadbed. This is the basic turnout of the E-Z Track system with a turnout radius matching 18” Radius Curved Track. If you have enough room, you may consider purchasing larger E-Z Track turnouts to allow for smoother transitions between tracks during switching operations, and to accommodate locomotives and rolling stock with longer wheel bases. Note: For Powered Operation All analog turnouts (non-DCC) require 16V AC or DC accessory power supply. From the Manufacturer Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. Steel Alloy rail. Black roadbed. E-Z Track System - Snaps Together, Stays Together on Floors, Tables and Carpets.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
556949
Bachmann Trains - Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK 5” STRAIGHT TRACK (6/card) - NICKEL SILVER Rail With Grey Roadbed - N Scale, 8
Product Description Product Description Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. From the Manufacturer Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. Product Description Product Description Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. From the Manufacturer Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
1146648
Bachmann 10" Straight Terminal Rerailer With Wire - N Scale
Product Description Product Description Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. From the Manufacturer Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. Product Description Product Description Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. From the Manufacturer Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
248869
Bachmann Trains - Harvest Express Ready To Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale
Product Description HARVEST EXPRESS Ready to Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. Streaking through the golden wheat fields of central Canada is the Harvest Express. As it hauls colorful hoppers bursting with grain, its powerful EMD G engine ensures a bountiful harvest is swiftly delivered across the vast Canadian landscape. This complete ready to run electric train set includes; EMD GP40 diesel locomotive with operating headlight, three Canadian 4-bay cylindrical grain hoppers, body-mounted E-Z mat(R)couplers, 47" X 38" oval of snap-fit E-Z track(R), power pack, speed controller, and instruction manual. Product Description HARVEST EXPRESS Ready to Run Electric Train Set - HO Scale. Streaking through the golden wheat fields of central Canada is the Harvest Express. As it hauls colorful hoppers bursting with grain, its powerful EMD G engine ensures a bountiful harvest is swiftly delivered across the vast Canadian landscape. This complete ready to run electric train set includes; EMD GP40 diesel locomotive with operating headlight, three Canadian 4-bay cylindrical grain hoppers, body-mounted E-Z mat(R)couplers, 47" X 38" oval of snap-fit E-Z track(R), power pack, speed controller, and instruction manual.
1389055
Bachmann Trains - Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK 9” STRAIGHT TRACK (4/card) - STEEL ALLOY Rail With Black Roadbed - HO Scale (44411)
Product Description Product Description Correct Product Description: Snap-Fit E-Z Track 9” Straight Track (4/Card) - Steel Alloy Rail With Black Roadbed - Ho Scale. Bachmann's Exclusive E-Z Track System Makes Set-Up Quick, Easy And Fun. E-Z Track Is Designed To Snap Together And Stay Together On Floors, Tables And Carpets. This Product Features Steel Alloy Rail With Black Roadbed. Four Pieces Of 9” Straight Track Build 36” Of Railroad. From the Manufacturer Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. Steel Alloy rail. Black roadbed. E-Z Track System - Snaps Together, Stays Together on Floors, Tables and Carpets. Product Description Product Description Correct Product Description: Snap-Fit E-Z Track 9” Straight Track (4/Card) - Steel Alloy Rail With Black Roadbed - Ho Scale. Bachmann's Exclusive E-Z Track System Makes Set-Up Quick, Easy And Fun. E-Z Track Is Designed To Snap Together And Stay Together On Floors, Tables And Carpets. This Product Features Steel Alloy Rail With Black Roadbed. Four Pieces Of 9” Straight Track Build 36” Of Railroad. From the Manufacturer Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. Steel Alloy rail. Black roadbed. E-Z Track System - Snaps Together, Stays Together on Floors, Tables and Carpets.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
892905
Bachmann Trains - Snap-Fit E-Z TRACK 11.25” RADIUS CURVED TRACK (6/card) - NICKEL SILVER Rail With Grey Roadbed - N Scale, 8
Product Description Product Description Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. From the Manufacturer Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. Product Description Product Description Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun. From the Manufacturer Bachmann's exclusive E-Z Track system makes set-up quick, easy and fun.From the manufacturer Discover Everything Bachmann Trains Offers to Get Started in Model Railroading Since 1833, Bachmann has been known for providing innovative design at a good value. We are now one of the world's largest distributor, by volume, of ready-to-run train sets, locomotives, track, and accessories. Bachmann is also the only train company to offer products in all five of the most popular scales: N, HO, On30, O, and Large Scale. As a distributor of beloved Thomas & Friends products, Bachmann brings the adventures of Thomas the Tank Engine to life with a growing line of complete train sets, separate sale items, and accessories for children from 8 to 80-just add your imagination. Thomas & Friends is available in both HO and Large Scale. Bachmann's exclusive snap-together E-Z Track System makes track setup quick, easy, and fun. Plasticville U.S.A. and SceneScapes buildings and accessories let you add the finishing touches for the perfect layout. Read more If You Are Purchasing a Train Set, It Will Include Locomotive Cars (Rolling Stock) E-Z Track – available in either black roadbed with steel alloy rail or gray roadbed with nickel silver rail Terminal/Rerailer Terminal Wire Speed Controller Power Supply List of Components Track Assembly Decide where to set up your train – a dry, firm, flat surface works best! To make sure you have enough working room, make a test track layout by loosely placing track in desired configuration. The terminal/rerailer section will later be connected to a power pack and power supply, so place it near an outlet or power strip. Install under-track magnet, if your set comes with one. If your set does not come with one, magnets are available separately (HO Item No. 78999; N Scale Item No. 78998). Assemble the track by pushing together. Make sure the rail and joiners are seated properly. Be careful that the rail joiners do not slip under the rail without properly connecting. This can cause train derailments and electrical circuit interruptions. After track is assembled, double-check for joint connection and fit by lightly running your fingers over the top of the rails in both directions. If you detect bumps or distortion on the track surface, recheck the rail joiner fit. Power Connections Power supply and speed control are plug and play; no tools are needed. Power is supplied to the track and the locomotive by the power supply, speed controller, terminal wire, and E-Z Track terminal/rerailer. First – turn knob on the speed controller counterclockwise until it stops (all the way to the left). Next – attach terminal wire to the speed controller by plugging it in where it says 'To Track'. Then – plug terminal wire into the E-Z Track terminal rerailer. Firmly push connector onto the track terminals. Finally – plug the connecting wire from the power supply into jack on the speed controller labeled 'In'. Then plug power supply into a live wall outlet. Some sets may come with a speed controller with two push button connectors. These are used to supply AC power to accessories. To make positive and secure connections to these, push in buttons and insert each of the bare ends of the connection wire from your accessory. The speed controller is capable of powering one accessory at a time. Putting the Train on the Track Put the locomotive on the track and run the wheels back and forth over the terminal rerailer track. When the wheels glide smoothly over the track, you know the wheels are all on the track. If your set comes with a tender, attach it to the locomotive. Add the rest of the cars that come with your set by placing them on the track and running them back and forth over the terminal rerailer until they glide smoothly. Then gently push the cars together – they will engage automatically. Do not try to connect cars when positioned over an under-track magnet. Read more How to Use E-Z Mate Couplers (HO and On30 Scale) Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. How to Run Your Train Your set may be equipped with E-Z Mate magnetically operated knuckle couplers that let you perform real railroad switching and yard operations. Coupling two cars with E-Z Mate couplers is as easy as pushing them together when they are not over an under-track magnet. Uncoupling occurs only when over an under-track magnet and when there is no tension between the cars. To uncouple E-Z Mate couplers, stop two couplers directly over the under-track magnet. With no tension between the cars, the couplers will open automatically. If cars will not couple, check to be sure cars are not positioned over the uncoupling magnet or parked on a curve. If cars will not uncouple, check to be sure the couplers are positioned directly adjacent to the magnet position indicator and that the indicator is placed in line with the center line of the under-track magnet. Check that the magnet is secured to the underside of the track and fitted with the steel plate provided. Action Checklist (Troubleshooting If Your Train Doesn’t Run or Stops Running) Is the power supply plugged in to a live receptacle? Are the wheels on the track? Is the wiring secure? Is the track properly assembled? Is the track properly seated in the rail joiner? If your train stops or fails to start, a short circuit may be indicated. If this is the case, Unplug The Power Supply Immediately. Common reasons for a short circuit: derailed wheels may cause a short. Check to make sure all wheels are on the track. Also check all connections and make sure there is no metal of any sort across the rails. After checking everything carefully, resume operation. Please note, your power supply is protected by a circuit breaker that automatically resets after a short circuit is corrected. Allow up to 5 minutes for the circuit breaker to reset before resuming operation. Keep Your Train in Top Operating Condition Works better after couple hours of break-in time. Train performs best under clean operating conditions. Clean wheels and a clean track ensure good electrical contact. After about every 8 hours of operation, wipe the track rails and exposed wheels with a soft, lint-free cloth. Removal of black residue is normal. Do Not Use Steel Wool To Clean Your Track. Do not use common solvents, they may damage plastics - use track cleaner. After 24 hours of use, light lubrication is required to keep train in top operating condition. Bachmann E-Z Lube or other hobby-grade lubricants are recommended. Bachmann hopes you enjoy your train for many years to come! Read more 
56288
Märklin Christmas Starter Set.
Product Description Manufacturer: Märklin Art.-No. 81846 EAN: 4001883818467 Gauge Z 1:220 Power system DC Motor 5-pol. Motor Anzahl angetriebene Achsen 3 Length over buffer: 300 mm Dimensions (LxW): 512 x 402 mm Delivery Date: Q3/2015 Christmas Starter Set USA 120 Volts; freight train with an oval of track and the right power pack. 1 steam locomotive, 1 boxcar, 1 gondola, 1 passenger car. Model: The locomotive is constructed of metal. The locomotive and the tender are decorated for Christmas. It has a 5-pole motor, and all of the driving axles are powered. All 3 cars are also decorated for Christmas. Also included are 3 each decorated Christmas trees and kits for "Christmas Stands", "Santa Claus", and "Skating Rink", which can be assembled to make a small winter Christmas market. The stands can also be transported on the high-side gondola. Also included in this set: 2 each straight track, 10 each curved track, a rerailer, and a 230 volt / 12 VA switched mode power pack with a suitable train controller. A track plan brochure is also included. Train length approximately 300 mm / 11-13/16". Track length approximately 510 mm / 20-1/16". This set can be expanded with the 82720 set, with the 8190 or 8191, 8192, 8193, and 8194 SET track sets, or it can be expanded with your own designs. - New item 2017 - Product Description Manufacturer: Märklin Art.-No. 81846 EAN: 4001883818467 Gauge Z 1:220 Power system DC Motor 5-pol. Motor Anzahl angetriebene Achsen 3 Length over buffer: 300 mm Dimensions (LxW): 512 x 402 mm Delivery Date: Q3/2015 Christmas Starter Set USA 120 Volts; freight train with an oval of track and the right power pack. 1 steam locomotive, 1 boxcar, 1 gondola, 1 passenger car. Model: The locomotive is constructed of metal. The locomotive and the tender are decorated for Christmas. It has a 5-pole motor, and all of the driving axles are powered. All 3 cars are also decorated for Christmas. Also included are 3 each decorated Christmas trees and kits for "Christmas Stands", "Santa Claus", and "Skating Rink", which can be assembled to make a small winter Christmas market. The stands can also be transported on the high-side gondola. Also included in this set: 2 each straight track, 10 each curved track, a rerailer, and a 230 volt / 12 VA switched mode power pack with a suitable train controller. A track plan brochure is also included. Train length approximately 300 mm / 11-13/16". Track length approximately 510 mm / 20-1/16". This set can be expanded with the 82720 set, with the 8190 or 8191, 8192, 8193, and 8194 SET track sets, or it can be expanded with your own designs. - New item 2017 -
1448734
Dragon Ball Z: Kakarot - Edición Coleccionista
Descripción del producto ¡Revive la historia de Goku en Dragon Ball Z: Kakarot. Ve más allá de batallas épicas y experimenta la vida del mundo Dragon Ball Z mientras luchas, pescas, comes y entrenas con Goku. Descubre aventuras y áreas nuevas a medida que avanzas a través de la historia y forma poderosos lazos con otros héroes del universo Dragon Ball Z. Caracteristicas: ¡Sumérgete en la historia de Dragon Ball Z, desde los eventos más épicos hasta las misiones secundarias, incluyendo momentos nunca vistos de la historia que darán respuesta, por primera vez, a algunas de las preguntas más candentes del mundo Dragon Ball. Participa en icónicas batallas Dragon Ball Z a una escala distinta a cualquier otra. Lucha a través de inmensos campos de batalla con entornos destruibles y experimenta batallas épicas contra jefes que pondrán a prueba los límites de tus habilidades de combate. ¡Incrementa tu poder y enfréntate a los retos. No luches solo como Goku. Vive como Goku. Pesca, vuela, come, entrena y lucha a tu manera en las distintas sagas de Dragon Ball Z haciendo amigos y construyendo relaciones con un gran número de personajes Dragon Ball. Descripción del producto ¡Revive la historia de Goku en Dragon Ball Z: Kakarot. Ve más allá de batallas épicas y experimenta la vida del mundo Dragon Ball Z mientras luchas, pescas, comes y entrenas con Goku. Descubre aventuras y áreas nuevas a medida que avanzas a través de la historia y forma poderosos lazos con otros héroes del universo Dragon Ball Z. Caracteristicas: ¡Sumérgete en la historia de Dragon Ball Z, desde los eventos más épicos hasta las misiones secundarias, incluyendo momentos nunca vistos de la historia que darán respuesta, por primera vez, a algunas de las preguntas más candentes del mundo Dragon Ball. Participa en icónicas batallas Dragon Ball Z a una escala distinta a cualquier otra. Lucha a través de inmensos campos de batalla con entornos destruibles y experimenta batallas épicas contra jefes que pondrán a prueba los límites de tus habilidades de combate. ¡Incrementa tu poder y enfréntate a los retos. No luches solo como Goku. Vive como Goku. Pesca, vuela, come, entrena y lucha a tu manera en las distintas sagas de Dragon Ball Z haciendo amigos y construyendo relaciones con un gran número de personajes Dragon Ball.Más información del producto Leer más Dragon Ball Z: Kakarot - Edición Coleccionista ¡Revive la historia de Goku en DRAGON BALL Z: KAKAROT ! Ve más allá de batallas épicas y experimenta la vida del mundo DRAGON BALL Z mientras luchas, pescas, comes y entrenas con Goku. Descubre aventuras y áreas nuevas a medida que avanzas a través de la historia y forma poderosos lazos con otros héroes del universo DRAGON BALL Z. Leer más ¡Sumérgete en la historia de DRAGON BALL Z, desde los eventos más épicos hasta las misiones secundarias, incluyendo momentos nunca vistos de la historia que darán respuesta, por primera vez, a algunas de las preguntas más candentes del mundo DRAGON BALL! Participa en icónicas batallas DRAGON BALL Z a una escala distinta a cualquier otra. Lucha a través de inmensos campos de batalla con entornos destruibles y experimenta batallas épicas contra jefes que pondrán a prueba los límites de tus habilidades de combate. ¡Incrementa tu poder y enfréntate a los retos! No luches solo como Goku. Vive como Goku. Pesca, vuela, come, entrena y lucha a tu manera en las distintas sagas de DRAGON BALL Z haciendo amigos y construyendo relaciones con un gran número de personajes DRAGON BALL. Leer más  
487950
LYM25 10pcs Model Railway Train Lamp Post 3.7cm or 1.46'' Street Lights N TT Scale LEDs New
Product Description Features: 100% Brand new and high quality. Perfect for Railway & Building Layout! Made with white LEDs. Complete with wires and LEDs and can be lighted. These Lampposts are suitable for use at supply voltages of 3V only. DO NOT use them on 12V or 16V directely to avoid damaging the LED. You must connect a resistor in series before you will use them on 12V or 16V, I will supply compatible resistors for free. Please apply correct Operating Current 20mA to each LED too. Specifications: Brand:evemodel. Size: Approx. 3.7cm(H) or 1.46Inch(H) . Reference Scale: 1:120~1:150,Suitable for TT scale or N scale etc.... Operating Voltage: 3V, AC or DC Compatible. Operating Current: 20mA. Material:Coppery Column Model Lampposts. Emitting color: Warm White. Package included: 10 Complete lamps. 10 Resistors (not pre-soldered) for 9~18V operation. Product Description Features: 100% Brand new and high quality. Perfect for Railway & Building Layout! Made with white LEDs. Complete with wires and LEDs and can be lighted. These Lampposts are suitable for use at supply voltages of 3V only. DO NOT use them on 12V or 16V directely to avoid damaging the LED. You must connect a resistor in series before you will use them on 12V or 16V, I will supply compatible resistors for free. Please apply correct Operating Current 20mA to each LED too. Specifications: Brand:evemodel. Size: Approx. 3.7cm(H) or 1.46Inch(H) . Reference Scale: 1:120~1:150,Suitable for TT scale or N scale etc.... Operating Voltage: 3V, AC or DC Compatible. Operating Current: 20mA. Material:Coppery Column Model Lampposts. Emitting color: Warm White. Package included: 10 Complete lamps. 10 Resistors (not pre-soldered) for 9~18V operation.
1211045
Dragon Ball Z: Seasons 1-9 Collection (Amazon Exclusive) [Blu-ray]
Product Description After learning that he is from another planet, a warrior named Goku and his friends are prompted to defend it from an onslaught of extraterrestrial enemies. This set contains seasons 1-9 across 36 discs in an exclusive slip-case, and presented in 1080p HD! Product Description After learning that he is from another planet, a warrior named Goku and his friends are prompted to defend it from an onslaught of extraterrestrial enemies. This set contains seasons 1-9 across 36 discs in an exclusive slip-case, and presented in 1080p HD!From the manufacturer The Complete Series After learning that he is from another planet, a warrior named Goku and his friends are prompted to defend it from an onslaught of extraterrestrial enemies. Seasons 1 through 3 Intergalactic villains are out for cosmic domination and the wish-granting Dragon Balls. From Earth to the alien planet Namek, Goku and his loyal friends must face off against foes like the Saiyan Prince Vegeta and the sadistic tyrant Frieza. Seasons 4 through 6 Earth’s been conquered, and the Z Fighters are dead—this is the bleak future a mysterious Saiyan comes to warn Goku about. With only a few years time, the Z Fighters must train like never before to stop a force even greater than Frieza. Seasons 7 through 9 Seven years of peace have passed, and the Z Fighters are living normal lives. But a villain from long ago seeks to fulfill a dream of universal domination and awaken a monster of unimaginable terror—Majin Buu. Read more 
683103
Marklin E Extension Set with Electric Turnouts Z Scale
Product Description From the Manufacturer Expands basic oval to 42" x 16" and includes a pair of remote-controlled turnouts. Come with one each right and left hand turnouts, ten straight tracks, two curves, control box, distribution strip, wire, plugs, sockets and instructions Product Description From the Manufacturer Expands basic oval to 42" x 16" and includes a pair of remote-controlled turnouts. Come with one each right and left hand turnouts, ten straight tracks, two curves, control box, distribution strip, wire, plugs, sockets and instructions
613545
Bachmann Industries E Z Command Dcc Controller
Product Description E-Z COMMAND DCC CONTROLLER. Enjoy the fastest way to get getting in DCC with our E-Z Command Digital Command Control System. In partnership with Lenz Electronic GmbH, Bachmann brings you a DCC system that is both easy to use and affordable for novice and experienced hobbyists alike. E-Z Command allows modelers to digitally control speed, direction, lighting, and sound of multiple locomotives., E-Z Command also streamlines the programming process with simple, main-track programming. Features include: digital control of multiple locomotives in all scales (E-Z Command 5 Amp Power Booster, Item No. 44910, required for O and Large Scale operation), plug-and-play compatibility with all DC and DCC systems, digitally control speed, direction, lighting, and sound, simple, on-track programming, 28 speed step control, 1 amp pack power supply, plug-in wiring, printed instructions. Product Description E-Z COMMAND DCC CONTROLLER. Enjoy the fastest way to get getting in DCC with our E-Z Command Digital Command Control System. In partnership with Lenz Electronic GmbH, Bachmann brings you a DCC system that is both easy to use and affordable for novice and experienced hobbyists alike. E-Z Command allows modelers to digitally control speed, direction, lighting, and sound of multiple locomotives., E-Z Command also streamlines the programming process with simple, main-track programming. Features include: digital control of multiple locomotives in all scales (E-Z Command 5 Amp Power Booster, Item No. 44910, required for O and Large Scale operation), plug-and-play compatibility with all DC and DCC systems, digitally control speed, direction, lighting, and sound, simple, on-track programming, 28 speed step control, 1 amp pack power supply, plug-in wiring, printed instructions.
1164454
Bachmann Industries E-Z Railer Rail (N Scale)
Product Description E-Z RAILER - N Scale. Lets you simply slide your N Scale trains onto the track. Compatible with all track brands. Product Description E-Z RAILER - N Scale. Lets you simply slide your N Scale trains onto the track. Compatible with all track brands.
488376
Bachmann Trains Baldwin 2-8-0 Dcc Equipped Steam Locomotive Union Pacific #619 - HO Scale, Prototypical Black
Product Description Baldwin 2-8-0 consolidation locomotive - DCC on board - Union Pacific # 619 - HO scale. Feature dual-mode digital command control decoders enabling operation with a standard DC analog power pack or any NMRA-compliant digital command control system. Speed, direction, and lighting control. Product Description Baldwin 2-8-0 consolidation locomotive - DCC on board - Union Pacific # 619 - HO scale. Feature dual-mode digital command control decoders enabling operation with a standard DC analog power pack or any NMRA-compliant digital command control system. Speed, direction, and lighting control.
848243
HO Scale Bachmann Steel Alloy EZ Track 12 Pieces of 18" Radius Curves for Model Railroad Trains
Product Description HO Scale Bachmann Steel Alloy EZ Track 12 Pieces of 18" Radius Curves for Model Railroad Trains Product Description HO Scale Bachmann Steel Alloy EZ Track 12 Pieces of 18" Radius Curves for Model Railroad Trains
1591348
Bandai Namco Dragon Ball Z Kakarot - Xbox One
Product Description Relive the story of Goku and other Z Fighters in DRAGON BALL Z: KAKAROT! Beyond the epic battles, experience life in the DRAGON BALL Z world as you fight, fish, eat, and train with Goku, Gohan, Vegeta and others. Explore the new areas and adventures as you advance through the story and form powerful bonds with other heroes from the DRAGON BALL Z universe. Collector's Edition Includes: Full Standard Edition Game, Exclusive Diorama Figure (8x8x8 inches), Hardcover Game Artbook (10x12 inches), Collectible Steel book. Product Description Relive the story of Goku and other Z Fighters in DRAGON BALL Z: KAKAROT! Beyond the epic battles, experience life in the DRAGON BALL Z world as you fight, fish, eat, and train with Goku, Gohan, Vegeta and others. Explore the new areas and adventures as you advance through the story and form powerful bonds with other heroes from the DRAGON BALL Z universe. Collector's Edition Includes: Full Standard Edition Game, Exclusive Diorama Figure (8x8x8 inches), Hardcover Game Artbook (10x12 inches), Collectible Steel book.From the manufacturer BE THE HOPE OF THE UNIVERSE You’ve watched the iconic anime series, now play through it as Earth’s greatest defender, Kakarot! Read more THE ULTIMATE DRAGON BALL Z EXPERIENCE Fly, explore, eat, train and battle out-of-this-world villains in this complete rendition of the beloved DRAGON BALL Z anime and play new sub-quests created by Akira Toriyama. Read more Z-WARRIORS, PREPARE FOR BATTLE! Play as Goku, Gohan, Vegeta and more as you battle against infamous villains such as Frieza, Cell and Buu. Read more POWER LEVEL OVER 9,000! Built in Unreal Engine 4, CyberConnect2 takes the anime to another level with eye-popping graphics, destructible environments and epic battle sequences. Read more SEASON PASS AVAILABLE NOW "A wonderful way to revisit the story of DRAGON BALL Z" - IGN Read more  
1233585
DRAGON BALL Z: Kakarot - PlayStation 4
Product Description Relive the story of Goku and other Z Fighters in DRAGON BALL Z: KAKAROT! Beyond the epic battles, experience life in the DRAGON BALL Z world as you fight, fish, eat, and train with Goku, Gohan, Vegeta and others. Explore the new areas and adventures as you advance through the story and form powerful bonds with other heroes from the DRAGON BALL Z universe. Product Description Relive the story of Goku and other Z Fighters in DRAGON BALL Z: KAKAROT! Beyond the epic battles, experience life in the DRAGON BALL Z world as you fight, fish, eat, and train with Goku, Gohan, Vegeta and others. Explore the new areas and adventures as you advance through the story and form powerful bonds with other heroes from the DRAGON BALL Z universe.From the manufacturer BE THE HOPE OF THE UNIVERSE You’ve watched the iconic anime series, now play through it as Earth’s greatest defender, Kakarot! Read more THE ULTIMATE DRAGON BALL Z EXPERIENCE Fly, explore, eat, train and battle out-of-this-world villains in this complete rendition of the beloved DRAGON BALL Z anime and play new sub-quests created by Akira Toriyama. Read more Z-WARRIORS, PREPARE FOR BATTLE! Play as Goku, Gohan, Vegeta and more as you battle against infamous villains such as Frieza, Cell and Buu. Read more POWER LEVEL OVER 9,000! Built in Unreal Engine 4, CyberConnect2 takes the anime to another level with eye-popping graphics, destructible environments and epic battle sequences. Read more SEASON PASS AVAILABLE NOW "A wonderful way to revisit the story of DRAGON BALL Z" - IGN Read more  
977199
Dragon Ball Z: Battle Of Gods/Resurrection F [Blu-ray]
Product Description For the first time ever! Two of the biggest anime movies of all time collected into one amazing box set; Dragon Ball Z: Battle Of Gods and Dragon Ball Z: Resurrection of F. No. Discs: 2 Languages: Japanese, English Subtitle: English Product Description For the first time ever! Two of the biggest anime movies of all time collected into one amazing box set; Dragon Ball Z: Battle Of Gods and Dragon Ball Z: Resurrection of F. No. Discs: 2 Languages: Japanese, English Subtitle: English
986837
DRAGON BALL Z: Kakarot Collector's Edition - PlayStation 4
Product Description Relive the story of Goku and other Z Fighters in DRAGON BALL Z: KAKAROT! Beyond the epic battles, experience life in the DRAGON BALL Z world as you fight, fish, eat, and train with Goku, Gohan, Vegeta and others. Explore the new areas and adventures as you advance through the story and form powerful bonds with other heroes from the DRAGON BALL Z universe. Collector's Edition Includes: Full Standard Edition Game, Exclusive Diorama Figure (8x8x8 inches), Hardcover Game Art book (10x12 inches), Collectible Steel book. Product Description Relive the story of Goku and other Z Fighters in DRAGON BALL Z: KAKAROT! Beyond the epic battles, experience life in the DRAGON BALL Z world as you fight, fish, eat, and train with Goku, Gohan, Vegeta and others. Explore the new areas and adventures as you advance through the story and form powerful bonds with other heroes from the DRAGON BALL Z universe. Collector's Edition Includes: Full Standard Edition Game, Exclusive Diorama Figure (8x8x8 inches), Hardcover Game Art book (10x12 inches), Collectible Steel book.From the manufacturer BE THE HOPE OF THE UNIVERSE You’ve watched the iconic anime series, now play through it as Earth’s greatest defender, Kakarot! Read more THE ULTIMATE DRAGON BALL Z EXPERIENCE Fly, explore, eat, train and battle out-of-this-world villains in this complete rendition of the beloved DRAGON BALL Z anime and play new sub-quests created by Akira Toriyama. Read more Z-WARRIORS, PREPARE FOR BATTLE! Play as Goku, Gohan, Vegeta and more as you battle against infamous villains such as Frieza, Cell and Buu. Read more POWER LEVEL OVER 9,000! Built in Unreal Engine 4, CyberConnect2 takes the anime to another level with eye-popping graphics, destructible environments and epic battle sequences. Read more SEASON PASS AVAILABLE NOW "A wonderful way to revisit the story of DRAGON BALL Z" - IGN Read more  
240035
Safco Products E-Z Stor Literature Organizer, 72 Compartment, 9241BLR, Black Powder Coat Finish, Commercial-Grade Steel Construction, Eco-Friendly
Product Description Product Description The E-Z Stor® Literature Organizer is a steel frame sorter with 72 letter-size compartments. Furnished with a steel frame, shelves and dividers, the fiberboard back and interlocking design of shelves and dividers offer extra strength. The 72 compartments measure 9"W x 12 ¼"D x 3"H. The shelf fronts serve as label holders. Quick-connect, uni-lock steel shell, can rest on floor, desk or mounted to a wall with optional wall mount brackets. All hardware included. Wall-mountable using 9200BL E-Z Stor Wall Mounting Bracket. From the Manufacturer Safco Steel Literature Organizers -- Steel E-Z Stors Make your work life E-Zier with E-Z Stor Literature Organizers! 24- and 36-compartment Steel E-Stor Series Literature Organizers can be mounted to a wall with mounting brackets (sold separately). View larger. There's always value in organizing and to organize effectively you need the right tools for the right space. Safco E-Z Stors are a great addition to any mail room, office, school, or storeroom to sort forms and literature for every need. Improve neatness and organization in your work environment. It's E-Z! Each letter-size compartment is a fixed height of 3 inches high, which holds ample amounts of daily mail or interoffice correspondence or up to 750 sheets of paper. Steel-frame construction Quality-built, Steel E-Z Stor premium steel letter-size units have strong heavy-gauge steel frame, shelves, and dividers with a solid hard fiberboard back. The interlocking design of the shelves and dividers add extra strength to support the shelves to stand up to the heaviest load. Its 5/8-inch high shelf fronts serve as generous labeling areas with self-adhesive stickers, (one set of labels included). The organizers can be placed on the floor, desk, counter, or table, and the two smallest units can be mounted to a wall with optional wall mount brackets. Steel E-Z Stor Project Organizers have the same strong steel characteristics as Steel E-Z Stors but with oversized compartments to handle your biggest projects and storage needs. Compartments are a generous 15 inches deep and 4-3/4 inches high to hold up to 1,500 sheets per compartment. The Value Sorter versions feature a steel frame and support shelves. The storage compartments are formed of heavy-duty corrugated fiberboard with a solid hardwood fiberboard back to ensure stability and durability. The Value Sorters have roomy over-sized compartments that comfortably hold up to 550 sheets of letter-size paper and are wide enough to easily accommodate letter-size tabbed file folders. Wide plastic-trim shelf fronts have built-in channels to serve as label holders (one set of labels included). Put an end to piles and stacks of forms and brochures Use Safco E-Z Stors and Value Sorters to sort literature, brochures, pamphlets, office paper, envelopes, shipping labels, and other work place documents. Keep all your paper or mail organized in the mail room, storage area, supply room, library, classroom, reception area, lounge area, media center, training room or use in the print shop for collating jobs. Now that's E-Z organization. Customize compartments for your individual needs Create a cubby for each student, teacher, or employee to deliver mail and notices. Use each compartment to sort your projects, customer files, shipping documents, or health-care forms, or use the compartments as mailboxes, material holders, or stationary sorters. Steel sorters are ready to assemble Units are shipped knocked down for small parcel shipment. Assembly is easy to moderate with quick connect corners and steel tabs to help build your sturdy and durable sorter for years of dependable use. All Literature Sorters are covered by Safco's limited lifetime warranty. Variety of Styles Available 24 compartments; measures 26 inches high overall. 36 compartments; measures 36 inches high overall. 60 compartments; measures 60 inches high overall. 72 compartments; measures 71 inches high overall. Product Comparisons Three steel cabinet versions are available to be e-zier on the budget or for the most rugged day-to-day use. Either style will be a great addition to your work environment and help make organization E-Z! Series Construction Capacity Application Steel E-Z Stor Heavy-duty steel frame, shelves, dividers, and compartments 750 sheets per compartment; compartment measures 9 by 12-1/4 by 3 inches (WxDxH) Heavy-duty use--ideal for daily activity, common areas, mailboxes, backrooms, shipping departments Steel E-Z Stor Project Organizers Heavy-duty steel frame, shelves, dividers, and compartments 1,500 sheets per cubby; compartment measures 12 by 15-1/4 by 4-3/4 inches (WxDxH) Large documents, large projects, legal size documents, printouts Value Sorter Literature Organizers Steel frame with corrugated fiberboard compartments 550 sheets per compartment Light-duty use, backrooms, use with file folders, budgets Please note: Contents shown in images of organizers are not included. About Safco Safco products offer solid results for people and businesses; people who are different from one another, and businesses that are changing. That's why each Safco product is designed to fit the needs of individuals and the way they work, by enhancing comfort and meeting the modern needs for organization in the workplace. At the same time, each product encourages work area efficiency and ultimately work-life efficiency: from schools and universities, to hospitals and clinics, from small offices and businesses to corporations and large institutions, airports, restaurants, and malls. Safco continues to offer new colors, new styles, and new solutions according to market trends and the ever-changing needs of business life, from the front reception area all the way back to the warehouse. Product Description Product Description The E-Z Stor® Literature Organizer is a steel frame sorter with 72 letter-size compartments. Furnished with a steel frame, shelves and dividers, the fiberboard back and interlocking design of shelves and dividers offer extra strength. The 72 compartments measure 9"W x 12 ¼"D x 3"H. The shelf fronts serve as label holders. Quick-connect, uni-lock steel shell, can rest on floor, desk or mounted to a wall with optional wall mount brackets. All hardware included. Wall-mountable using 9200BL E-Z Stor Wall Mounting Bracket. From the Manufacturer Safco Steel Literature Organizers -- Steel E-Z Stors Make your work life E-Zier with E-Z Stor Literature Organizers! 24- and 36-compartment Steel E-Stor Series Literature Organizers can be mounted to a wall with mounting brackets (sold separately). View larger. There's always value in organizing and to organize effectively you need the right tools for the right space. Safco E-Z Stors are a great addition to any mail room, office, school, or storeroom to sort forms and literature for every need. Improve neatness and organization in your work environment. It's E-Z! Each letter-size compartment is a fixed height of 3 inches high, which holds ample amounts of daily mail or interoffice correspondence or up to 750 sheets of paper. Steel-frame construction Quality-built, Steel E-Z Stor premium steel letter-size units have strong heavy-gauge steel frame, shelves, and dividers with a solid hard fiberboard back. The interlocking design of the shelves and dividers add extra strength to support the shelves to stand up to the heaviest load. Its 5/8-inch high shelf fronts serve as generous labeling areas with self-adhesive stickers, (one set of labels included). The organizers can be placed on the floor, desk, counter, or table, and the two smallest units can be mounted to a wall with optional wall mount brackets. Steel E-Z Stor Project Organizers have the same strong steel characteristics as Steel E-Z Stors but with oversized compartments to handle your biggest projects and storage needs. Compartments are a generous 15 inches deep and 4-3/4 inches high to hold up to 1,500 sheets per compartment. The Value Sorter versions feature a steel frame and support shelves. The storage compartments are formed of heavy-duty corrugated fiberboard with a solid hardwood fiberboard back to ensure stability and durability. The Value Sorters have roomy over-sized compartments that comfortably hold up to 550 sheets of letter-size paper and are wide enough to easily accommodate letter-size tabbed file folders. Wide plastic-trim shelf fronts have built-in channels to serve as label holders (one set of labels included). Put an end to piles and stacks of forms and brochures Use Safco E-Z Stors and Value Sorters to sort literature, brochures, pamphlets, office paper, envelopes, shipping labels, and other work place documents. Keep all your paper or mail organized in the mail room, storage area, supply room, library, classroom, reception area, lounge area, media center, training room or use in the print shop for collating jobs. Now that's E-Z organization. Customize compartments for your individual needs Create a cubby for each student, teacher, or employee to deliver mail and notices. Use each compartment to sort your projects, customer files, shipping documents, or health-care forms, or use the compartments as mailboxes, material holders, or stationary sorters. Steel sorters are ready to assemble Units are shipped knocked down for small parcel shipment. Assembly is easy to moderate with quick connect corners and steel tabs to help build your sturdy and durable sorter for years of dependable use. All Literature Sorters are covered by Safco's limited lifetime warranty. Variety of Styles Available 24 compartments; measures 26 inches high overall. 36 compartments; measures 36 inches high overall. 60 compartments; measures 60 inches high overall. 72 compartments; measures 71 inches high overall. Product Comparisons Three steel cabinet versions are available to be e-zier on the budget or for the most rugged day-to-day use. Either style will be a great addition to your work environment and help make organization E-Z! Series Construction Capacity Application Steel E-Z Stor Heavy-duty steel frame, shelves, dividers, and compartments 750 sheets per compartment; compartment measures 9 by 12-1/4 by 3 inches (WxDxH) Heavy-duty use--ideal for daily activity, common areas, mailboxes, backrooms, shipping departments Steel E-Z Stor Project Organizers Heavy-duty steel frame, shelves, dividers, and compartments 1,500 sheets per cubby; compartment measures 12 by 15-1/4 by 4-3/4 inches (WxDxH) Large documents, large projects, legal size documents, printouts Value Sorter Literature Organizers Steel frame with corrugated fiberboard compartments 550 sheets per compartment Light-duty use, backrooms, use with file folders, budgets Please note: Contents shown in images of organizers are not included. About Safco Safco products offer solid results for people and businesses; people who are different from one another, and businesses that are changing. That's why each Safco product is designed to fit the needs of individuals and the way they work, by enhancing comfort and meeting the modern needs for organization in the workplace. At the same time, each product encourages work area efficiency and ultimately work-life efficiency: from schools and universities, to hospitals and clinics, from small offices and businesses to corporations and large institutions, airports, restaurants, and malls. Safco continues to offer new colors, new styles, and new solutions according to market trends and the ever-changing needs of business life, from the front reception area all the way back to the warehouse.From the manufacturer E-Z Literature Organizer Read more E-Z Literature Organizer Organizing Literature has never been so E-Z. With a steel frame and dividers, this literature organizer serves as a durable option for letter, literature or file organization. Where to Use Use this organizer in the classroom, mailroom, private office, collaborative space or any space that needs a seamless way to organize a bulk amount of paper. The E-Z Literature Organizer Advantage With 750-page compartment capacity, interlocking design for strength, included hardware and a variety of size options, the E-Z Literature Organizer makes organizing literature easier than ever before. E-Z Literature Organizer at a Glance Steel frame, shelves and dividers Fiberboard back Each compartment holds up to 750 sheets Interlocking design of shelves and dividers for extra strength Shelf fronts serve as label holders Quick-connect, uni-lock steel shell Floor, desk or wall mounted (for 24 or 36 only) All hardware included Compartments are 9"W x 12 1/4" D x 3"H Assembly required Four size options: 24, 36, 60 or 72 compartments Three color options: Black, Gray or Tropic Sand Read more Choose a size for E-Z filing E-Z Filing 24 Compartment Perfect for desktop or small-scale filing. E-Z Filing 36 Compartment Perfect for small or larger jobs. E-Z Filing 60 Compartment Combine with more than one E-Z filer to suit your needs. E-Z Filing 72 Compartment Perfect for the mailroom or large-scale filing. Read more About Mayline—Safco With 125 years of industry knowledge, Mayline—Safco offers an array of furniture solutions to create top-notch spaces everyone will be talking about. We deliver a memorable experience because we truly care about how and where people work. To create work spaces that energize and inspire people, we use market knowledge and employee know-how to spread workspace product innovation. We maintain a culture of spirited professionalism to ensure that everyone receives a positive, memorable experience - customer and employee alike. Read more  
491981
Amazon Collection Sterling Silver Diamond Twist Pendant Necklace and Earrings Box Set (1/5 cttw), 18"
Product Description Two-piece jewelry set featuring necklace and earrings with diamond-accented twisted pendants Twisting sterling silver accented with sparkling diamonds creates this striking pendant and matching drop earrings set. A great accessory set for fancy occasions, it makes a terrific gift. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. See more Product Description Two-piece jewelry set featuring necklace and earrings with diamond-accented twisted pendants Twisting sterling silver accented with sparkling diamonds creates this striking pendant and matching drop earrings set. A great accessory set for fancy occasions, it makes a terrific gift. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. See moreFrom the manufacturer Read more 
585933
Bachmann 2-8-4 Berkshire Steam Locomotive & Tender -- DCC Sound Value Equipped C&O KANAWHA #2718 - HO Scale
Product Description 2-8-4 Berkshire Steam Locomotive & Tender -- DCC Sound Value Equipped. C&O KANAWHA #2718 - HO Scale. This DCC sound-equipped locomotive includes our Sound Value Soundtracks steam package that includes authentic prototypical chuff, short and long whistles, bell, air pump, steam release and blower. Precision motor, die-cast chassis, details and tender style per prototype, brass-machined flywheel, metal handrails and stanchions, LED headlight and tender backup light, die-cast marker lights, see-through underframe, metal wheels and E-Z Mate Mark II couplers. Product Description 2-8-4 Berkshire Steam Locomotive & Tender -- DCC Sound Value Equipped. C&O KANAWHA #2718 - HO Scale. This DCC sound-equipped locomotive includes our Sound Value Soundtracks steam package that includes authentic prototypical chuff, short and long whistles, bell, air pump, steam release and blower. Precision motor, die-cast chassis, details and tender style per prototype, brass-machined flywheel, metal handrails and stanchions, LED headlight and tender backup light, die-cast marker lights, see-through underframe, metal wheels and E-Z Mate Mark II couplers.
722799
Lee Precision Breech Lock Challenger Kit (Red)
Product Description The Lee Precision Breech Lock Challenger Kit includes the Breech Lock Challenger Press and one Breech lock quick change bushing. It provides a complete powder handling system, with the most convenient and repeatable perfect powder measure. Plus the Lee safety scale, the most sensitive and safest of all powder scales and fill your case with the included powder funnel. Case preparation tools include a cutter and lock stud to trim your cases. Lee chamfer tool chamfers the inside and outside of the case mouth and a tube of premium sizing lube is included. A small and large primer pocket cleaning tool completes the case preparation package. Product Description The Lee Precision Breech Lock Challenger Kit includes the Breech Lock Challenger Press and one Breech lock quick change bushing. It provides a complete powder handling system, with the most convenient and repeatable perfect powder measure. Plus the Lee safety scale, the most sensitive and safest of all powder scales and fill your case with the included powder funnel. Case preparation tools include a cutter and lock stud to trim your cases. Lee chamfer tool chamfers the inside and outside of the case mouth and a tube of premium sizing lube is included. A small and large primer pocket cleaning tool completes the case preparation package.
1428431
REPRAPGURU Black DIY Prusa I3 3D Printer Kit
Product Description Here at Reprap Guru we wanted to give our customers a better DIY 3D printer experience. With that goal in mind we have spent countless hours developing a truly COMPLETE DIY Prusa i3 printer kit that doesn't require altering, drilling, soldering or cutting anything.. PERIOD. The RepRap Guru Prusa i3 kit has all the hard work done. HERE IS THE DIFFERENCE. INCLUDED with this complete kit is the 8" x 8" Heat Bed Glass Solder each and ALL the necessary wires. Fitted connectors to all wires. Supplied longer motor wires. With our carefully thought out upgrades you should be able to shave some serious time off your build. This kit is not only the perfect solution for educators looking to introduce 3D printing in their classrooms, it is also a perfect kit for anyone wanting to break into the 3D printer world at a affordable cost. Product Description Here at Reprap Guru we wanted to give our customers a better DIY 3D printer experience. With that goal in mind we have spent countless hours developing a truly COMPLETE DIY Prusa i3 printer kit that doesn't require altering, drilling, soldering or cutting anything.. PERIOD. The RepRap Guru Prusa i3 kit has all the hard work done. HERE IS THE DIFFERENCE. INCLUDED with this complete kit is the 8" x 8" Heat Bed Glass Solder each and ALL the necessary wires. Fitted connectors to all wires. Supplied longer motor wires. With our carefully thought out upgrades you should be able to shave some serious time off your build. This kit is not only the perfect solution for educators looking to introduce 3D printing in their classrooms, it is also a perfect kit for anyone wanting to break into the 3D printer world at a affordable cost.
1534768
ZELUS Portable Ballet Barre Bar for Home Kids Ballet Bar 5ft Adjustable Freestanding Double Stretching Dance Bar, Barre Exercise Equipment for Women with Heavy-Duty Beechwood 330 lb Capacity
Product Description Ballet barre Product Description Ballet barreProduct Description 4ft Portable Ballet Barre 4ft Portable Ballet Barre 5ft Portable Ballet Barre 5ft Portable Ballet Barre Material: aluminum-alloy aluminum-alloy aluminum-alloy aluminum-alloy Height Adjustable: ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Foam Grip: ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Stretch Strap: ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Carry Bag: ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Height & Width: 4ft 4ft 5ft 5ft Not just for Dancers Great for dance training, stretching, and even Pilates! Great for deep stretches that can’t be achieved through floor routines. Perfect for gyms, schools, studios, and home use. Sturdier structure The already stable triangular structure is further enhanced by the premium materials used to keep unparalleled sturdiness and stability. Anti-slip rubber feet offer a greater grip to floors and increased stability without damaging your floors while in use. Premium Material Natural beechwood bar, and stained beech wood for sweatproof yet, remains incredibly flexible for all your stretches and routines. Please set up in a well-ventilated area for a few days before using it as the product might smell due to the stained beech wood. For All Ages and Sizes The top bar is fully adjustable from 1.9 to 5 feet in height with the simple twist of the knob. The lower bar remains fixed for support. You don’t have to be Mikhail Baryshnikov to train like him. With Z ZELUS 5ft Double Ballet Barre, stretch, flex, and practice like the professionals wherever inspiration strikes. Easy to assemble, lightweight, and portable, this Ballet Barre is perfect for home, school, gym, studio, or even outdoor use. Fully adjustable, the top bar can be extended from 1.9ft to 5ft from the floor, all with a simple twist of the knob. While the lower bar remains fixed for support. A beech wood bar wraps around a spring manganese center that’s smooth, and sweatproof yet remains incredibly flexible for all your stretches and routines. Anti-slip rubber feet offer a greater grip to the floors and increased stability without damaging your floors while in use. Battement, jeté penché, and arabesque in no time with a Z ZELUS 5ft Double Ballet Barre Read more 
684569
ZELUS Portable Ballet Barre Bar for Home Kids Ballet Bar 5ft Adjustable Freestanding Double Stretching Dance Bar, Barre Exercise Equipment for Women with Heavy-Duty Beechwood 330 lb Capacity
Product Description Ballet barre Product Description Ballet barreProduct Description 4ft Portable Ballet Barre 4ft Portable Ballet Barre 5ft Portable Ballet Barre 5ft Portable Ballet Barre Material: aluminum-alloy aluminum-alloy aluminum-alloy aluminum-alloy Height Adjustable: ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Foam Grip: ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Stretch Strap: ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Carry Bag: ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Height & Width: 4ft 4ft 5ft 5ft Not just for Dancers Great for dance training, stretching, and even Pilates! Great for deep stretches that can’t be achieved through floor routines. Perfect for gyms, schools, studios, and home use. Sturdier structure The already stable triangular structure is further enhanced by the premium materials used to keep unparalleled sturdiness and stability. Anti-slip rubber feet offer a greater grip to floors and increased stability without damaging your floors while in use. Premium Material Natural beechwood bar, and stained beech wood for sweatproof yet, remains incredibly flexible for all your stretches and routines. Please set up in a well-ventilated area for a few days before using it as the product might smell due to the stained beech wood. For All Ages and Sizes The top bar is fully adjustable from 1.9 to 5 feet in height with the simple twist of the knob. The lower bar remains fixed for support. You don’t have to be Mikhail Baryshnikov to train like him. With Z ZELUS 5ft Double Ballet Barre, stretch, flex, and practice like the professionals wherever inspiration strikes. Easy to assemble, lightweight, and portable, this Ballet Barre is perfect for home, school, gym, studio, or even outdoor use. Fully adjustable, the top bar can be extended from 1.9ft to 5ft from the floor, all with a simple twist of the knob. While the lower bar remains fixed for support. A beech wood bar wraps around a spring manganese center that’s smooth, and sweatproof yet remains incredibly flexible for all your stretches and routines. Anti-slip rubber feet offer a greater grip to the floors and increased stability without damaging your floors while in use. Battement, jeté penché, and arabesque in no time with a Z ZELUS 5ft Double Ballet Barre Read more 
1501087
10k Yellow Gold Princess Diamond Stud Earrings (1/2 cttw)
Product Description Nothing compares to the dazzling elegance of diamonds. These 10k Gold Princess-Cut Diamond Stud Earrings combine simple, timeless design with sheer radiance to create a truly breathtaking and versatile accessory. Connecting to the ear by a post with a friction back, these earrings feature single glistening princess cut diamonds held securely by lustrous 10k gold four-prong settings. With diamonds weighing 1/2 carat with J-K color and I2-I3 clarity, these stunning earrings will add a brilliant flair to any outfit they are paired with. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. Product Description Nothing compares to the dazzling elegance of diamonds. These 10k Gold Princess-Cut Diamond Stud Earrings combine simple, timeless design with sheer radiance to create a truly breathtaking and versatile accessory. Connecting to the ear by a post with a friction back, these earrings feature single glistening princess cut diamonds held securely by lustrous 10k gold four-prong settings. With diamonds weighing 1/2 carat with J-K color and I2-I3 clarity, these stunning earrings will add a brilliant flair to any outfit they are paired with. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry.
668820
Modern Toy Train Repair & Maintenance (Classic Toy Trains Books)
1182398
Amazon Collection Sterling Silver Black and White Diamond Infinity Pendant Necklace (1/3 cttw), 18"
Product Description Sterling silver necklace featuring two-tone twisted infinity pendant set black and white diamond rounds The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. Product Description Sterling silver necklace featuring two-tone twisted infinity pendant set black and white diamond rounds The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry.From the manufacturer Read more 
1167812
R QIDI TECHNOLOGY 3D Printer, Large Print Size,New Upgrade X-PlusⅡ Intelligent Industrial Grade 3D Printer,Printing with Nylon, Carbon Fiber, PC,High Precision Printing,10.6x7.9x7.9 Inch
Product Description QIDI TECHNOLOGY has been focusing on developing high quality, high performance 3D printers. We have 8 years of manufacturing experience. The X series 3d printers we developed are very popular among users. QIDI TECH X-PLUSⅡ3D Printer has some upgrades on the old model according to users' needs to make it feel better to use. It has many features such as quiet printing, air purification, Wi-Fi connection,filament runout sensor, one-button quick leveling, break point printing,etc. X-PLUSⅡcan easily print not only PLA, ABS and TPU but also advanced material such as Nylon, Carbon Fiber, PC and be compatible with any brands of 1.75mm filament. 3D Printing is applied to rapid prototyping, architectural scale models & maquettes, 3D printed prosthetics and movie props, etc. QIDI TECH X-PLUSⅡis suitable for education institutions for hands-on and project-based learning is also ideal for designers, craftsmen, hobbyists, home users, and users of industrial, engineering, and product development. X-Plus Ⅱ Main Innovation: Newly Developed Dual-gear Extruder: Two sets of QIDI Third Generation Extruder Assembly with Different Capability, Better Heat Dissipation, Higher Feeding Torque and Less Clogging. Extruder A : For printing general material such as PLA, ABS, TPU (Already installed on the printer). Extruder B : For printing advanced material such as Nylon, Carbon Fiber, PC. Two Different Ways for Placing the Filament: The pioneered creation of the two different ways for placing the Filament. A. Place the filament outside: The filament feed more smoothly while printing PLA, TPU, PETG. It is compatible with any brands of 1.75mm filament. B. Place the filament inside: For printing advanced material such as Nylon, Carbon Fiber, PC, which requires an enclosed constant temperature printing. Double Z-axis: Updated the Single Z-axis to Double Z-axis, more stable and solid for large size prints. Innovative design of double z-axis motor structure with 4 pieces imported 10MM axis. Maximum print size is 10.6''x7.9''x7.9''(270(L) X 200(W) X 200(H)mm) Filament Runout Sensor&Resume Printing Function: When the filament is broken or used up, X-PLUSⅡwill sound to prompt the user and can resume printing after power outage or any other unexpected stoppage,save time and filaments. Read more 4.3 inch Touchscreen: 4.3- inch touch screen with large interface. During whole process, you're well instructed on the touchscreen display, make it more intuitive, and more precise and easier to operate. Double Sided PEI Plate: The printing plate using PEI material and has better adhesion,effectively solve the problem of printing models warp and other problems. QIDI Print Slicer: Latest slicer software version 6.3.1: Redesigned UI interface of QIDI software is smarter and more convenient to operate. It has changed the software's slicing algorithm and improves the print quality by 30 percent and speed by 20 percent. The QIDI software is compatible with all types of QIDI printer, life-time free, an alternative to paid software.(If yours is the old version, please download the latest version on QIDI official website). QIDI TECH Team: QIDI TECH team will reply within 12 hours. Read more X-Pro X-PLUS Ⅱ X-MAX X-CF Pro PA12-CF Filament Dryer Box Technology Fused Deposition Modeling Fused Deposition Modeling Fused Deposition Modeling Fused Deposition Modeling Carbon Fiber filament Filament Dryer Box Build Volume 9.1''x5.9''x5.9''(230x150x150mm) 10.6''x7.9''x7.9''(270x200x200mm) 11.8''x9.8''x11.8''(300x250x300mm) 11.8''x9.8''x11.8''(300x250x300mm) Diameter:1.75mm Maximum Capacity:Φ210*85.5(H)mm Filament Types PLA,ABS,TPU,PETG,HIPS PLA,ABS,TPU,PETG,Nylon,PC,Carbon fiber,etc PLA,ABS,TPU,PETG,Nylon,PC,Carbon fiber,etc Carbon fiber,Nylon,PLA,ABS,TPU,PETG,etc Platform Support Single Z axis Double Z axis Double Z axis Double Z axis Extruder Configuration 1 set of professional printing PLA, ABS TPU high stability extruder 1 set of professional printing PLA, ABS TPU high stability extruder, Add 1 set of high performance extruder for printing PC, Nylon, Carbon fiber. 1 set of professional printing PLA, ABS TPU high stability extruder, Add 1 set of high performance extruder for printing PC, Nylon, Carbon fiber. 1 set of professional printing PLA, ABS TPU high stability extruder, Add 1 set of high performance all metal high temp extruder for printing Carbon fiber,Nylon. Printing Plate heated, removable plate heated, removable plate heated, removable plate heated, removable plate Support 1-Year 1-Year 1-Year 2-Years Filament Diameter 1.75mm 1.75mm 1.75mm 1.75mm Printing Extruder Dual Extruder Single Extruder Single Extruder Single Extruder Layer Thickness: 0.05mm-0.4mm 0.05mm-0.4mm 0.05mm-0.4mm 0.05mm-0.4mm 
274230
Amazon Collection Sterling Silver Diamond 3 Row Band Ring
Product Description The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. Product Description The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry.
1452988
Evemodel LQS05WM 10pcs Model Railway Train Lamp Post 3.6cm or 1.42inch Street Light Warm White N Z Scale LEDs New
1171114
Amazon Collection 10k White Gold and Diamond Twist Ring (1/2 cttw, I-J Color, I3 Clarity)
Product Description Round and baguette diamonds display their eye-catching sparkle in this beautiful twist knot ring. Crafted in polished 10 karat white gold and embellished with 1/2 carat of channel- and prong-set diamonds, it's a graceful design that's sure to attract compliments. This ring makes a lovely gift for an anniversary or other special occasion. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. Product Description Round and baguette diamonds display their eye-catching sparkle in this beautiful twist knot ring. Crafted in polished 10 karat white gold and embellished with 1/2 carat of channel- and prong-set diamonds, it's a graceful design that's sure to attract compliments. This ring makes a lovely gift for an anniversary or other special occasion. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry.From the manufacturer Read more 
1509887
Amazon Collection 10k White Gold and Diamond Twist Ring (1/2 cttw, I-J Color, I3 Clarity)
Product Description Round and baguette diamonds display their eye-catching sparkle in this beautiful twist knot ring. Crafted in polished 10 karat white gold and embellished with 1/2 carat of channel- and prong-set diamonds, it's a graceful design that's sure to attract compliments. This ring makes a lovely gift for an anniversary or other special occasion. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. Product Description Round and baguette diamonds display their eye-catching sparkle in this beautiful twist knot ring. Crafted in polished 10 karat white gold and embellished with 1/2 carat of channel- and prong-set diamonds, it's a graceful design that's sure to attract compliments. This ring makes a lovely gift for an anniversary or other special occasion. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry.From the manufacturer Read more 
1008082
Amazon Collection Sterling Silver Diamond Round Stud Earrings (1/2 cttw)
Product Description Stud earrings in sterling silver featuring diamond clusters nestled in four-prong setting The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. Product Description Stud earrings in sterling silver featuring diamond clusters nestled in four-prong setting The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry.From the manufacturer Read more Read more 
1185277
PROXXON Engraving Device GE 20, 27106
Product Description For name plates, jewellery or other objects of value. Also for working with self-made stencils or commercially available templates (plants, animals, coats of arms). For small size, individual shapes, cut-outs or outline shapes, even in series. A maximum of 14 characters can be fastened in the guide bar (template holder). Template contours are precisely to be followed using the guide marker (ball handle). The lettering to be milled is scaled down during transfer. The transfer ratio can be set to 2:1, 3:1, 4:1 or 5:1 by simple adjustment of two screws. The work piece is aligned and fixed on the movable guide block by means of clamping jaws (here MICROMOT clamping jaws set NO 24 256) or using a vice. Scope of delivery: 2 sets of letters from A to Z, hyphen, full stop and dash (total 52 pieces), one each Allen key 1.5 - 3.0 and 5. 0mm as well as a HEX (ball head) screwdriver 2.5mm. Includes a detailed instruction manual. Product Description For name plates, jewellery or other objects of value. Also for working with self-made stencils or commercially available templates (plants, animals, coats of arms). For small size, individual shapes, cut-outs or outline shapes, even in series. A maximum of 14 characters can be fastened in the guide bar (template holder). Template contours are precisely to be followed using the guide marker (ball handle). The lettering to be milled is scaled down during transfer. The transfer ratio can be set to 2:1, 3:1, 4:1 or 5:1 by simple adjustment of two screws. The work piece is aligned and fixed on the movable guide block by means of clamping jaws (here MICROMOT clamping jaws set NO 24 256) or using a vice. Scope of delivery: 2 sets of letters from A to Z, hyphen, full stop and dash (total 52 pieces), one each Allen key 1.5 - 3.0 and 5. 0mm as well as a HEX (ball head) screwdriver 2.5mm. Includes a detailed instruction manual.From the manufacturer PROXXON Engraving Device GE 20, 27106 A maximum of 14 characters can be fastened in the guide bar (template holder). Template contours are precisely to be followed using the guide marker (ball handle). The lettering to be milled is scaled down during transfer. The transfer ratio can be set to 2:1, 3:1, 4:1 or 5:1 by simple adjustment of two screws. The work piece is aligned and fixed on the movable guide block by means of clamping jaws (here MICROMOT clamping jaws set NO 24 256) or using a vice. Scope of delivery: 2 sets of letters from A to Z, hyphen, full stop and dash (total 52 pieces), one each Allen key 1.5 - 3.0 and 5. 0mm as well as a HEX (ball head) screwdriver 2.5mm. Includes a detailed instruction manual. NO 27106 At a glance For engraving letters, numbers and individual shapes in metal, plastic, glass or stoneware For name plates, jewellery or other objects of value Also for working with self-made stencils or commercially available templates For small size, individual shapes, cut-outs or outline shapes, even in series Professional drill/grinder IBS/E and clamping jaws are not included in the scope of delivery Read more With 20mm collar for all MICROMOT drilling and milling machines. 2 sets of letters from A to Z, hyphen, full stop and dash (total 52 pieces) included. Read more Engraving stylus, 0.5mm Engraving stylus, 1mm Stencil set Step clamp set, pair Step clamp set, pair Description For machining steel, cast steel, non-ferrous metals, plastics, glass, stoneware and tiles. Letter width 0.5mm. For machining steel, cast steel, non-ferrous metals, plastics, glass, stoneware and tiles. Letter width 1mm. Letters A - Z, incl. hyphen, full stop and slash. Also numbers 0 - 9. For use with guide bar of the GE 20. Made of steel. Complete with 2 step blocks, 2 clamps, 2 nuts and 2 T-slot nuts for MICROMOT standard. Consists of 2 step blocks and 2 clamps, 2 nuts, 2 T-slot nuts. Secures objects to approx. 1 3/8" (35 mm) high. Part number 28765 28766 27104 24256 24257 
1163909
18k Yellow Gold Plated Sterling Silver Diamond Fleur-de-Lis Pendant Necklace (1/4 cttw, I-J Color, I3 Clarity), 18"
Product Description Morgan & Paige is delighted to offer this lovely piece of fine jewelry, in the prime quality we've become known for. Our beautiful and curvaceous fleur de lis pendant necklace has the look of luxury, with a quarter carat of genuine diamonds adorning a regal charm in a classical shape worn by princesses and queens throughout history. The fine chain is a versatile 18", and fastens with a spring ring clasp for secure wear all day long. This fabulous fleur-de-lis pendant shines in gold-dipped sterling silver with 1/4 carat of genuine diamonds. Presented on an 18-inch rope chain, it will add a regal touch to whatever you're wearing. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. See more Product Description Morgan & Paige is delighted to offer this lovely piece of fine jewelry, in the prime quality we've become known for. Our beautiful and curvaceous fleur de lis pendant necklace has the look of luxury, with a quarter carat of genuine diamonds adorning a regal charm in a classical shape worn by princesses and queens throughout history. The fine chain is a versatile 18", and fastens with a spring ring clasp for secure wear all day long. This fabulous fleur-de-lis pendant shines in gold-dipped sterling silver with 1/4 carat of genuine diamonds. Presented on an 18-inch rope chain, it will add a regal touch to whatever you're wearing. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. See more
695686
Amazon Collection 14k White Gold Milgrain Diamond Band (1/4 cttw, IJ Color, I2-I3 Clarity)
Product Description The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. Product Description The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry.
1378665
Girls Two Piece Swimsuit Floral UPF 50+ Rash Guard Set Kids Swimwear
From the brand Previous page BAOHULU Hot Summer Swimwuit Visit the Store BAOHULU Hot Summer Swimwuit Visit the Store BAOHULU Hot Summer Swimwuit Visit the Store Gymnastics leotards by BAOHULU Visit the Store Gymnastics leotards by BAOHULU Visit the Store Gymnastics leotards by BAOHULU Visit the Store Gymnastics leotards by BAOHULU Visit the Store Gymnastics leotards by BAOHULU Visit the Store Dance leotards by BAOHULU Visit the Store BAOHULU WORLD STORE-- A Company which is Professional for producing Kids Clothes, and has more than 8 years experience, unique design, high quality and well made workmanship. Our product Line: ballet leotards,gymnastics leotards & unitards,swimsuits,ballet shoes,tights,bags.etc. Our gymnastics leotards are made with high-quality,breathable, flexible and lightweight material, that are perfect for training and professional competition. Next page Product Description two piece spf swimsuits set for girls- Scale Blue BAOHULU SWIMSUITS FOR TODDLER GIRLS/ LITTLE GIRLS/ BIG GIRLS! Flexible, soft, lightweight, quick drying fabric, pretty comfortale and cool for wearing as beachwear / bathing suits. Sun protective UPF 50+ material, keep your girls' skin from harmful UV rays! Elastic waistline with a rope to tie, last longer for a growing girl. Pants are full front lined, provide more coverage and pretty comfy while wearing it on. Fashionable and refinded parttern, let your girl enjoy the summer. girls bathing suits short sleeve/ long sleeve Kids tankini swimsuit shorts upf 50+ Material: lightweight, quick-drying and breathable material. Design: tank top shirt, with boy short bottom comfortable to wear. Occasions: Great gift for kids girls for summer vacation, beach holiday, swim class, pool party, water park and etc. Read more toddler girls / big girls rash guard sun protection swimwear T-scaleblue : T-pinkstripes T-cyanflamingo Read more Washing Tips: 1. When you want to wash your bathing suit, you must first soak it in water below 20 degrees, then add a little neutral detergent, wash it gently with hands after 10 minutes, then wash it with water, wring it a little, and dry it in a cool place. Do not use hot water, laundry detergent, bleach, washing machine desquamation and sunlight. 2. Do not use a dryer to avoid damaging the material of the swimsuit and make it deformed. Swimsuits can be washed with a little neutral detergent (do not use detergent or bleach) after passing through, just rub with your hands gently, never use a washing machine to stir. 3. As the chlorine, chemicals, sunscreen and other oils in the swimming pool will damage the elasticity of the swimsuit, so you should wear the swimsuit first and then apply sunscreen. After swimming, you should rinse your body before taking the swimsuit off. 4. Do not touch the rough surface such as concrete floor, sand, rock, etc., which will easily damage the swimwear. Also, you'd better not to wear a bathing suit when washing hot springs and sans warms, so as to avoid deformation due to heat. 5. The swimwear that you just played should not be stuffed in the bag or the trunk of the car for a long time to avoid discoloration due to heat. You should wash it with water and air dry as soon as possible. T Cyan Z Cocotree Navy Flower Strawberryblue Flamingopink Strawberryblue Bowknot package include 1pcs 1pcs 2pcs 2pcs 3pcs 1pcs quick drying ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ spf fabric ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ breathable ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ bikini bottom ✓ shorts bottom ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 
121406
10k White Gold Princess Diamond Stud Earrings (1/2 cttw)
Product Description Nothing compares to the dazzling elegance of diamonds. These 10k Gold Princess-Cut Diamond Stud Earrings combine simple, timeless design with sheer radiance to create a truly breathtaking and versatile accessory. Connecting to the ear by a post with a friction back, these earrings feature single glistening princess cut diamonds held securely by lustrous 10k gold four-prong settings. With diamonds weighing 1/2 carat with J-K color and I2-I3 clarity, these stunning earrings will add a brilliant flair to any outfit they are paired with. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. Product Description Nothing compares to the dazzling elegance of diamonds. These 10k Gold Princess-Cut Diamond Stud Earrings combine simple, timeless design with sheer radiance to create a truly breathtaking and versatile accessory. Connecting to the ear by a post with a friction back, these earrings feature single glistening princess cut diamonds held securely by lustrous 10k gold four-prong settings. With diamonds weighing 1/2 carat with J-K color and I2-I3 clarity, these stunning earrings will add a brilliant flair to any outfit they are paired with. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry.
607096
IGI-Certified 18k White Gold Round Cut Diamond Stud Earrings (1/3 cttw, H-I Color, SI1-SI2 Clarity)
Product Description The best thing about these diamond earrings is that they can be worn every single day to show them off. Flirty and eye-catching, each round-cut stone rests in a four-prong setting made of 18 karat white gold. The diamonds have a total carat weight of 1/3 carat. The smooth finish of the metal and the light-reflecting cut of the gems make the pair immediately noticeable. Posts with friction backs keep the shiny pair securely on the ears. This is an essential accessory that can be worn frequently and with almost anything--it is certain to be a favorite. These are fine quality diamonds, with exceptional brilliance. They are near-colorless, with a minimum color rating of H-I, and appear white to the eye. The clarity rating of these diamonds is SI1/2, meaning there are small inclusions that can be seen somewhat easily under 10x magnification. These inclusions are not visible to the unaided eye. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. Product Description The best thing about these diamond earrings is that they can be worn every single day to show them off. Flirty and eye-catching, each round-cut stone rests in a four-prong setting made of 18 karat white gold. The diamonds have a total carat weight of 1/3 carat. The smooth finish of the metal and the light-reflecting cut of the gems make the pair immediately noticeable. Posts with friction backs keep the shiny pair securely on the ears. This is an essential accessory that can be worn frequently and with almost anything--it is certain to be a favorite. These are fine quality diamonds, with exceptional brilliance. They are near-colorless, with a minimum color rating of H-I, and appear white to the eye. The clarity rating of these diamonds is SI1/2, meaning there are small inclusions that can be seen somewhat easily under 10x magnification. These inclusions are not visible to the unaided eye. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry.
1043575
Kato N Gauge UP FEF-3# 844 Black 12605-2 Model Railroad steam Locomotive
100251
Girls Two Piece Swimsuit Floral UPF 50+ Rash Guard Set Kids Swimwear
From the brand Previous page BAOHULU Hot Summer Swimwuit Visit the Store BAOHULU Hot Summer Swimwuit Visit the Store BAOHULU Hot Summer Swimwuit Visit the Store Gymnastics leotards by BAOHULU Visit the Store Gymnastics leotards by BAOHULU Visit the Store Gymnastics leotards by BAOHULU Visit the Store Gymnastics leotards by BAOHULU Visit the Store Gymnastics leotards by BAOHULU Visit the Store Dance leotards by BAOHULU Visit the Store BAOHULU WORLD STORE-- A Company which is Professional for producing Kids Clothes, and has more than 8 years experience, unique design, high quality and well made workmanship. Our product Line: ballet leotards,gymnastics leotards & unitards,swimsuits,ballet shoes,tights,bags.etc. Our gymnastics leotards are made with high-quality,breathable, flexible and lightweight material, that are perfect for training and professional competition. Next page Product Description two piece spf swimsuits set for girls- Scale Blue BAOHULU SWIMSUITS FOR TODDLER GIRLS/ LITTLE GIRLS/ BIG GIRLS! Flexible, soft, lightweight, quick drying fabric, pretty comfortale and cool for wearing as beachwear / bathing suits. Sun protective UPF 50+ material, keep your girls' skin from harmful UV rays! Elastic waistline with a rope to tie, last longer for a growing girl. Pants are full front lined, provide more coverage and pretty comfy while wearing it on. Fashionable and refinded parttern, let your girl enjoy the summer. girls bathing suits short sleeve/ long sleeve Kids tankini swimsuit shorts upf 50+ Material: lightweight, quick-drying and breathable material. Design: tank top shirt, with boy short bottom comfortable to wear. Occasions: Great gift for kids girls for summer vacation, beach holiday, swim class, pool party, water park and etc. Read more toddler girls / big girls rash guard sun protection swimwear T-scaleblue : T-pinkstripes T-cyanflamingo Read more Washing Tips: 1. When you want to wash your bathing suit, you must first soak it in water below 20 degrees, then add a little neutral detergent, wash it gently with hands after 10 minutes, then wash it with water, wring it a little, and dry it in a cool place. Do not use hot water, laundry detergent, bleach, washing machine desquamation and sunlight. 2. Do not use a dryer to avoid damaging the material of the swimsuit and make it deformed. Swimsuits can be washed with a little neutral detergent (do not use detergent or bleach) after passing through, just rub with your hands gently, never use a washing machine to stir. 3. As the chlorine, chemicals, sunscreen and other oils in the swimming pool will damage the elasticity of the swimsuit, so you should wear the swimsuit first and then apply sunscreen. After swimming, you should rinse your body before taking the swimsuit off. 4. Do not touch the rough surface such as concrete floor, sand, rock, etc., which will easily damage the swimwear. Also, you'd better not to wear a bathing suit when washing hot springs and sans warms, so as to avoid deformation due to heat. 5. The swimwear that you just played should not be stuffed in the bag or the trunk of the car for a long time to avoid discoloration due to heat. You should wash it with water and air dry as soon as possible. T Cyan Z Cocotree Navy Flower Strawberryblue Flamingopink Strawberryblue Bowknot package include 1pcs 1pcs 2pcs 2pcs 3pcs 1pcs quick drying ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ spf fabric ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ breathable ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ bikini bottom ✓ shorts bottom ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 
191357
La-Z-Boy Anderson PowerReclineXR Reclina-Rocker Recliner, Sand
Product Description Smaller in scale and designed to complement any décor, the Anderson Power Rocking Recliner pairs the comfort of a power recliner with the soothing motion of a rocker. Anderson features a plush seat and legrest along with soft padded arms. A tapered, channel-stitched back provides total body and lumbar support whether you’re rocking or reclining. Simply use the side-mounted 4-button control panel to recline and raise your feet independently for a wide range of relaxing positions. There’s even a built-in USB port to power your phone or tablet. When you’re not reclining, it’s a relaxing rocker with a smooth, graceful motion. Product Description Smaller in scale and designed to complement any décor, the Anderson Power Rocking Recliner pairs the comfort of a power recliner with the soothing motion of a rocker. Anderson features a plush seat and legrest along with soft padded arms. A tapered, channel-stitched back provides total body and lumbar support whether you’re rocking or reclining. Simply use the side-mounted 4-button control panel to recline and raise your feet independently for a wide range of relaxing positions. There’s even a built-in USB port to power your phone or tablet. When you’re not reclining, it’s a relaxing rocker with a smooth, graceful motion.From the manufacturer Anderson PowerReclineXR Reclina-Rocker Recliner When it comes to relaxing it’s good to have options, just ask Anderson. Enjoy reclining comfort at the touch of a button as you independently adjust the powered back and legrest for limitless reclining positions. Easy to operate power controls, plus a convenient built-in USB port, put you in charge. When you’re not reclining, rock away the stress of the day as Anderson’s plush seat and tapered, channel-stitched back provide total body and lumbar support. Smaller in scale and upholstered in a natural sand, Anderson is the perfect fit for any room or décor. Whether you prefer to rock or recline, Anderson is one great place to lounge. Read more Features Body and Lumbar Support Designed to give the body complete support in all positions, even while reclining. Rocking Relaxtion When you're not reclining, rock your way into relaxation with our soothing rocker. Patented Perfection La-Z-Boy mechanism allows the seat and back to move together for the most reclining positions. Reclining Power Reclining power, plus built-in USB, comfort and convenience are always at your fingertips. Read more Born & Built in the USA For over 90 years, La-Z-Boy has built the highest-quality furniture, right here in the USA. We employ thousands of men and women across the USA who cut, sew and assemble each and every piece. They share our vision of craftsmanship, innovation and American heritage, because where and how your furniture is made matters. So not only can you feel good about your furniture, you can feel good about where it's made. And, with our famous limited lifetime warranty, you can rest assured, with La-Z-Boy furniture, you'll have comfort that lasts. Read more When It Comes To Comfort, La-Z-Boy Is Second To None Quality Crafted Engineered for lasting durability from only premium materials. Patented Design Only La-Z-Boy recliners feature our patented reclining mechanism. Customized Comfort Designed to provide natural movement and the most reclining position. Read more Read more 
935518
AMT 1968 Chevy Camaro Z/28 1:25 Scale Model Kit
Product Description The Famous 1968 Chevy Camaro Z/28 Model Kit Made By AMT In 1: 25 Scale, This is not a toy! Item No 868, Accurate Scale Model Kit, Paints, and Glue Required, Easy to Build With Detailed Instructions Included. Product Description The Famous 1968 Chevy Camaro Z/28 Model Kit Made By AMT In 1: 25 Scale, This is not a toy! Item No 868, Accurate Scale Model Kit, Paints, and Glue Required, Easy to Build With Detailed Instructions Included.From the brand Previous page The most innovative brand in model history is still going strong! The developers of one-piece bodies; creators of 3-in-1 customizing kits; the engineers of exacting promo models and much more, AMT sets the standard for quality and excitement for others to follow! Relive the golden age of modeling with AMT's huge variety of subject matter and available scales, all packed the way you remember! What makes our products unique? In 2012 the tooling and brands were purchased outright by Round 2, making South Bend, Indiana the new home for AMT! These kits harken back to the days of the aforementioned promotional models and really show how the brand has come full circle. How did we get our start? AMT, which stands for Aluminum Model Toys was founded in 1948 by attorney West Gallogly, in Michigan. Why do we love what we do? Our creative team are dedicated to producing detailed, quality playable, and collectible items that appeal to the young and the young at heart Check out our store! Visit the Store Check out our store! Visit the Store Next page  
413361
Dragon Ball Z: Kakarot (PS4)
Product Description Relive the story of Goku in DRAGON BALL Z: KAKAROT! Beyond the epic battles, experience life in the DRAGON BALL Z world as you fight, fish, eat, and train with Goku. Explore the new areas and adventures as you advance through the story and form powerful bonds with other heroes from the DRAGON BALL Z universe. Product Description Relive the story of Goku in DRAGON BALL Z: KAKAROT! Beyond the epic battles, experience life in the DRAGON BALL Z world as you fight, fish, eat, and train with Goku. Explore the new areas and adventures as you advance through the story and form powerful bonds with other heroes from the DRAGON BALL Z universe.
579018
PROXXON MICRO Mill MF 70, 37110
Product Description Product Description The unit is supplied with a stable base of cast iron. Both vertical column and compound table are of treated, high quality aluminum. All axes are play-free and have adjustable slides. The headstock, made of die-cast aluminum, houses the 24 pole balanced special motor and provides stability even at high operating speeds. This stability facilitates the use of the finest cutters. Six triple slit, hardened MICROMOT steel collets come with the machine and cover shank sizes of 1/32", 1/16", 5/64", 3/32", 7/64" and 1/8" (1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.35, 3.0, 3.2mm). The table is fitted with three T-slots of the 15/32" x 15/64" x 13/64" (12 x 6 x 5mm) MICROMOT-norm. An adjustable ruler scale eases the positioning of the work piece. All hand wheels are zero adjustable with 1 revolution = 1/32" (1.0mm), 1 division = .002" (0.05mm). Technical data: Speed 5,000 - 20,000rpm. Table Size 7 7/8" x 2 3/4" (200 x 70mm). X-Y Travel 5 17/64" and 1 13/16" (134 and 46mm). Vertical Travel 2 3/4" (70mm). Footprint Size 5 7/64" x 8 55/64" (130 x 225mm). Height 13 25/64" (340mm). Max. Power 1/8hp (100W). Volts 110 - 120V AC, 60Hz. Weight 15.5 lb (7kg). Amazon.com Proxxon micro mill MF 70 - This small and beautiful unit is ideal - the accurate mill for lab, optician, jewelry, electronic and model building projects. Mill is made with a cast iron base. The vertical column and compound lathe are treated, high quality aluminum. All axes are play-free and have adjustable slides. The headstock, made of die cast aluminum, houses 24 pole balanced special motor and provides stability even at high operating speeds. This stability facilitates the use of the finest cutters. Comes with 6 triple slit hardened steel collets 1/32-Inch, 1/16-Inch, 5/64-Inch, 3/32-Inch, 7/64-Inch and 1/8-Inch (1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.35, 3.0 and 3.2mm) table has three T-slots and an adjustable ruler scale which eases the positioning of work-piece. All hand wheels are zero adjustable with one revolution equals 3/64-Inch (1.0mm) 1 division equals .002-Inch (0.05mm). From the Manufacturer Proxxon micro mill MF 70 - This small and beautiful unit is ideal - the accurate mill for lab, optician, jewelry, electronic and model building projects. Mill is made with a cast iron base. The vertical column and compound lathe are treated, high quality aluminum. See more Product Description Product Description The unit is supplied with a stable base of cast iron. Both vertical column and compound table are of treated, high quality aluminum. All axes are play-free and have adjustable slides. The headstock, made of die-cast aluminum, houses the 24 pole balanced special motor and provides stability even at high operating speeds. This stability facilitates the use of the finest cutters. Six triple slit, hardened MICROMOT steel collets come with the machine and cover shank sizes of 1/32", 1/16", 5/64", 3/32", 7/64" and 1/8" (1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.35, 3.0, 3.2mm). The table is fitted with three T-slots of the 15/32" x 15/64" x 13/64" (12 x 6 x 5mm) MICROMOT-norm. An adjustable ruler scale eases the positioning of the work piece. All hand wheels are zero adjustable with 1 revolution = 1/32" (1.0mm), 1 division = .002" (0.05mm). Technical data: Speed 5,000 - 20,000rpm. Table Size 7 7/8" x 2 3/4" (200 x 70mm). X-Y Travel 5 17/64" and 1 13/16" (134 and 46mm). Vertical Travel 2 3/4" (70mm). Footprint Size 5 7/64" x 8 55/64" (130 x 225mm). Height 13 25/64" (340mm). Max. Power 1/8hp (100W). Volts 110 - 120V AC, 60Hz. Weight 15.5 lb (7kg). Amazon.com Proxxon micro mill MF 70 - This small and beautiful unit is ideal - the accurate mill for lab, optician, jewelry, electronic and model building projects. Mill is made with a cast iron base. The vertical column and compound lathe are treated, high quality aluminum. All axes are play-free and have adjustable slides. The headstock, made of die cast aluminum, houses 24 pole balanced special motor and provides stability even at high operating speeds. This stability facilitates the use of the finest cutters. Comes with 6 triple slit hardened steel collets 1/32-Inch, 1/16-Inch, 5/64-Inch, 3/32-Inch, 7/64-Inch and 1/8-Inch (1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.35, 3.0 and 3.2mm) table has three T-slots and an adjustable ruler scale which eases the positioning of work-piece. All hand wheels are zero adjustable with one revolution equals 3/64-Inch (1.0mm) 1 division equals .002-Inch (0.05mm). From the Manufacturer Proxxon micro mill MF 70 - This small and beautiful unit is ideal - the accurate mill for lab, optician, jewelry, electronic and model building projects. Mill is made with a cast iron base. The vertical column and compound lathe are treated, high quality aluminum. See moreFrom the manufacturer PROXXON MICRO Mill MF 70, 37110 The unit is supplied with a stable base of cast iron. Both vertical column and compound table are of treated, high quality aluminum. All axes are play-free and have adjustable slides. The headstock, made of die-cast aluminum, houses the 24 pole balanced special motor and provides stability even at high operating speeds. This stability facilitates the use of the finest cutters. Six triple slit, hardened MICROMOT steel collets come with the machine and cover shank sizes of 1/32", 1/16", 5/64", 3/32", 7/64" and 1/8" (1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.35, 3.0, 3.2mm). The table is fitted with three T-slots of the 15/32" x 15/64" x 13/64" (12 x 6 x 5mm) MICROMOT-norm. An adjustable ruler scale eases the positioning of the work piece. All hand wheels are zero adjustable with 1 revolution = 1/32" (1.0mm), 1 division = .002" (0.05mm). Technical data: Speed 5,000 - 20,000rpm. Table Size 7 7/8" x 2 3/4" (200 x 70mm). X-Y Travel 5 17/64" and 1 13/16" (134 and 46mm). Vertical Travel 2 3/4" (70mm). Footprint Size 5 7/64" x 8 55/64" (130 x 225mm). Height 13 25/64" (340mm). Max. Power 1/8hp (100W). Volts 110 - 120V AC, 60Hz. Weight 15.5 lb (7kg). NO 37110 At a glance Small and beautiful - the accurate mill for lab, optician, jewelry, electronic and model building With a stable base of cast iron, vertical column and compound table are of high quality aluminum All axes are play-free and have adjustable slides, headstock, made of die-cast aluminum Balanced special motor and provides stability even at high operating speeds Read more Continuously variable speeds from 5,000 - 20,000rpm, perfect for even the smallest milling cutter. Hand wheels with zero adjustable scales: 1 revolution = 3/64" (1.0mm), 1 division = .002" (0.05mm). MICRO Compound Table KT 70 of stable aluminum. Both axes are fitted with adjustable dovetail slides. MICROMOT Steel Collet Set, triple slit and hardened, from 1.0 to 3.2 mm. Read more Milling Cutters, 3 pcs. Dividing Attachment Machine Vice MS 4 Precision Steel Vice PM 40 Machine Vise steel 60 mm / 2 23/64" Step clamps steel made Description Made from solid tungsten. Usable on cast iron, hardened cast iron, steel, cast steel, brass, aluminum, and even glass, plastics and carbon fiber. Includes one each of 1/32", 5/64" and 7/64" (1.0, 2.0 and 3.0mm), shank diameter: 7/64" (3.0mm). Especially designed for use with the MICRO Compound Table KT 70 which is identical to the X-Y table of the MF 70. Can be mounted in no time with the included clamping parts either standing or lying on the table. In wooden box with sliding lid. Die-cast zinc. The slot fits the adjustable fence of the drill stand MB 200 and the bench drill press TBM 115. Horizontal and vertical V-slots in jaw. Jaw width 2" (50mm) and height 2/5" (10mm). Maximum clamping width 1 11/32" (34mm). Especially suited for intricate and accurate working! Milled of steel. Completely angular. Jaw width 1 13/16" (46mm), clamping capacity 1 3/16" (30mm). Total length 2 3/4" (70mm). Slot stones and fixing screws included. Comes in a wooden box. Milled in steel. Can be used on its side and back. Width of jaws 2 3/8" (60mm), clamping capacity 1 2/3" (42mm). Complete with mounting bolts. Packed in an wooden box. Included in the compound table but can be ordered separately (2 step blocks and clamps, T-slot nuts of MICROMOT standard, bolts). This set also fits the Mill/Lathe System PD 230/E and FF 230, secures objects to approx. 0.7". Part number 27116 24264 28132 24260 24255 24256 Tungsten carbide milling cutter, Ø 5/128" Tungsten carbide milling cutter, Ø 5/64" Tungsten carbide milling cutter, Ø 15/128" Step clamp set, pair Precision V-Blocks, 2 pcs. MICROMOT Steel Collet Set Description For working on extremely hard materials: steel, cast steel, non-ferrous metals, plastics. Vibration-free milling of high accuracy dimensions. Ideal for technical work, engraving or milling circuit-boards. Shanks Ø 7/64" (3mm) or Ø 3/32" (2.35mm). For working on extremely hard materials: steel, cast steel, non-ferrous metals, plastics. Vibration-free milling of high accuracy dimensions. Ideal for technical work, engraving or milling circuit-boards. Shanks Ø 7/64" (3mm) or Ø 3/32" (2.35mm). For working on extremely hard materials: steel, cast steel, non-ferrous metals, plastics. Vibration-free milling of high accuracy dimensions. Ideal for technical work, engraving or milling circuit-boards. Shanks Ø 7/64" (3mm) or Ø 3/32" (2.35mm). Consists of 2 step blocks and 2 clamps, 2 nuts, 2 T-slot nuts. Secures objects to approx. 1 3/8" (35 mm) high. May be used with PD 230/E and FF 230. Supplied in wooden box. Used to clamp various work pieces. Made from hardened steel, precision ground in pairs. Four different depths of prism incisions V, all at 90°. Size 2" x 1 3/16" x 1 3/16" (50 x 30 x 30mm). Fits all MICROMOT machines, except the engraver GG 12. One each in size 1/32", 1/16", 5/64", 3/32", 7/64" and 1/8" (1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.4, 3.0 and 3.2 mm) come as a set in a practical holder for storage along with one clamping nut. Part number 28758 28759 28761 24257 24262 28940 
19106
Mini-Z Autoscale - Audi Sport R8 LMS Body Set
Product Description Kyosho Mini-Z Autoscale body set designed for the Mini-Z MR-03W Chassis with the MM rear motor pod. This is a Body Set only that includes the body, wheels specific to this particular model car, display tires and a jewel case for display. This body set may fit olther chassis, but it's only specifically designed for the listed chassis configuration. Product Description Kyosho Mini-Z Autoscale body set designed for the Mini-Z MR-03W Chassis with the MM rear motor pod. This is a Body Set only that includes the body, wheels specific to this particular model car, display tires and a jewel case for display. This body set may fit olther chassis, but it's only specifically designed for the listed chassis configuration.
202534
Amazon Collection Sterling Silver Diamond Accent Heart Earrings
Product Description Sterling silver earrings with tendril heart drops featuring diamond accents Add playfully romantic flair to your summer wardrobe with the Sterling Silver Diamond Tendrils Heart Earrings. Attached to short dangles that fasten with a friction-back post, these elaborately curled loops suggest a carefree mood. The coiled surfaces of the heart shapes are paved with 18 white diamond stones in settings of 925 sterling silver. The earrings are 1.26 inches in height and 1/2 inch in width for a compact swirl of glitter. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. Sterling Silver History Experts believe that silver alloy, used today as sterling silver, originated in continental Europe in the 12th century. Pure silver was found to be a soft and easily damageable material. When combined with other metals, most commonly cooper, it produced a tougher material that could be heavily relied on. Throughout the next few centuries, sterling silver was used as currency and for household items. It was often used as silverware and became the material used in a proper table setting between 1840 and 1940 throughout the United States and Europe. Because of this popularity, silver companies began to grow. During this craze, companies began to experiment using sterling silver compositions in jewelry, as it was a material that was easy to mold into intricate designs and gave a luxurious look with its metallic finish. Today, sterling silver is widely used in all kinds of jewelry styles and shines as beautifully as other precious metals, with the benefit of affordable pricing. Sterling Silver Composition While pure silver can be combined with many different types of metals, sterling silver is created when combining pure silver with copper. Sterling silver jewelry can be composed with different amounts of copper but is most often seen with the .925 stamp, meaning that the composition is of 92.5 percent silver and 7.5 percent copper. This has been found to be a good combination for maintaining the silver's durability without harming its sparkle. Caring for Your Sterling Silver Jewelry Silver should not come into contact with harsh household chemicals such as bleach, ammonia, or chlorine. To avoid scratches, store silver in a lined jewelry box or pouch, as it is prone to tarnish as it naturally reacts with sulfur or hydrogen sulfide in the air. Cleaning and wearing silver jewelry regularly will prevent this and help maintain its shine. Immediately upon noticing any discoloration, use a gentle polish made specifically for removing tarnish. See more Product Description Sterling silver earrings with tendril heart drops featuring diamond accents Add playfully romantic flair to your summer wardrobe with the Sterling Silver Diamond Tendrils Heart Earrings. Attached to short dangles that fasten with a friction-back post, these elaborately curled loops suggest a carefree mood. The coiled surfaces of the heart shapes are paved with 18 white diamond stones in settings of 925 sterling silver. The earrings are 1.26 inches in height and 1/2 inch in width for a compact swirl of glitter. The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon’s staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon’s high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you’re not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. Sterling Silver History Experts believe that silver alloy, used today as sterling silver, originated in continental Europe in the 12th century. Pure silver was found to be a soft and easily damageable material. When combined with other metals, most commonly cooper, it produced a tougher material that could be heavily relied on. Throughout the next few centuries, sterling silver was used as currency and for household items. It was often used as silverware and became the material used in a proper table setting between 1840 and 1940 throughout the United States and Europe. Because of this popularity, silver companies began to grow. During this craze, companies began to experiment using sterling silver compositions in jewelry, as it was a material that was easy to mold into intricate designs and gave a luxurious look with its metallic finish. Today, sterling silver is widely used in all kinds of jewelry styles and shines as beautifully as other precious metals, with the benefit of affordable pricing. Sterling Silver Composition While pure silver can be combined with many different types of metals, sterling silver is created when combining pure silver with copper. Sterling silver jewelry can be composed with different amounts of copper but is most often seen with the .925 stamp, meaning that the composition is of 92.5 percent silver and 7.5 percent copper. This has been found to be a good combination for maintaining the silver's durability without harming its sparkle. Caring for Your Sterling Silver Jewelry Silver should not come into contact with harsh household chemicals such as bleach, ammonia, or chlorine. To avoid scratches, store silver in a lined jewelry box or pouch, as it is prone to tarnish as it naturally reacts with sulfur or hydrogen sulfide in the air. Cleaning and wearing silver jewelry regularly will prevent this and help maintain its shine. Immediately upon noticing any discoloration, use a gentle polish made specifically for removing tarnish. See moreFrom the manufacturer Read more 
1427004
Freehold (Freehold Series Book 1)
125219
Walthers Cornerstone HO Scale Model Vintage Dairy Queen Kit, 5-1/16 x 3-1/2 x 2-3/8" 12.8 x 6cm
Product Description Vintage dairy queen(r) kit. Officially licensed replica. Original 1950S design - many still serving treats today! Full-color cone logo sign. Interior and rooftop details. Product Description Vintage dairy queen(r) kit. Officially licensed replica. Original 1950S design - many still serving treats today! Full-color cone logo sign. Interior and rooftop details.From the manufacturer Start with a wide Assortment of products From small dioramas to large layouts. If you're looking to add a classic trackside building or create an entire community. Cornerstone has what you need! Let your creativity be your guide! Assembling a Walthers Cornerstone structure offers a great opportunity to apply your creativity by customizing the elements from our base kit so that your Perfect Perk coffee shop is unlike any other! Stand back and enjoy the result. We give you the basics but your creativity takes it to the next level so that it becomes uniquely yours. Use decals, paints, and weathering techniques to make your miniature world come alive. Read more Industrial, residential, commercial... there is a Walthers Cornerstone structure just right for your layout or diorama. American Bungalow 933-3787. Walthers Cornerstone, HO scale, American Bungalo Kit brings back one of the most popular, classic home styles of the 1920's and found in many cities and towns across America today. Perfect for depicting an entire neighborhood - paintable with printed window treatments, detailed porch, windows, downspouts and even gas and electric meters! Dimensions: 6.33" x 3.62" x 3.5" Hole-in-One Donut Shop 933-3768. Walthers Cornerstone, HO scale, Hole-In-One Donut Shop Kit is a unique addition to any busy suburb or roadside. Eye catching Rooftop Donut. Fits 1950's to present day. Three Walk-up and Large Front Windows, Eye catching Rooftop Donut. Color Decal Signs included, Molded in three colors and clear Plastic. Fits 1950's to present day. Dimensions: 5-1/8" x 2-1/2" 5-1/8" Tall Diamond Coal Corp. 933-4046. Walthers Cornerstone, HO scale Diamond Coal Corporation Kit is authentically molded in two colors ready for you to add artistic weathering. Typical of coal loaders across the US, the Coal Corp includes authentic tipple for steam or diesel Eras, a conveyor & supports for above or below ground operations. A separate slack bin serves two lading tracks. Details such as corrugated metal" construction, separate windows, walkway & stairs complete the illusion. Dimensions: 19-3/8" x 13-3/16" x 7-1/2" (49.2 x 33.4 x 19cm) DQ Grill & Chill 933-3846. Walthers Cornerstone N scale, DQ Grill and Chill Kit. Officially licensed replica. Original 1950s design and many still serving treats today! Full-color cone logo sign and interior and rooftop details. Molded in two colors & clear plastic. this contemporary design is seen all across North America. Realistic features include factory-printed street and structure signs, and a drive-thru window. Dimensions: 7-1/4 X 5-3/8 X 2-3/4" (18.4 X 13.6 X 6.9cm) Read more About Walthers Established in 1932, Wm. K. Walthers, Inc. is dedicated to manufacturing and distributing high-quality model railroad equipment worldwide from more than 200 manufacturers, and also manufactures its own exclusive items for its WalthersProto, WalthersMainline, WalthersTrainline, Cornerstone, SceneMaster, Chooch, Life-Like, Walthers Controls, and WalthersTrack lines supplying them to thousands of hobby shops around the globe! About Walthers Cornerstone Walthers Cornerstone Series line of structure kits and accessories provides you with the largest assortment of realistic, easy-to-assemble North American structures in both HO and N scales, plus bridges, turntables, and other accessories that will bring your layout to life. Whether you're looking to add a classic trackside building, create an entire community, or improve your operations with an industry, Cornerstone has what you need! Read more 
1525636
Embrilliance Font Collection 1 Embroidery Software for Mac & PC
Product Description Introducing Font Collection 1 for Embrilliance This font collection contains fully-resizable fonts that let you change underlay, density, and stitch type , making for a host of textures and coverage. It is part of the Embrilliance Platform ; if you don't currently have machine embroidery software, you can use the free express version of the platform with these fonts to type, color, size, and save your text into machine-formatted stitch files. That said, these fonts are much more versatile when combined with other Embrilliance Platform programs. If you want to combine these fully scalable fonts with existing designs, adding these fonts to Embrilliance Essentials will give you all the tools to compose your own design and text combinations. You can also add these fonts to the Embrilliance StitchArtist line to add type to designs you digitize yourself. Resizable, native fonts for Embrillaince Embroidery Software August This art-deco-inspired font features a 2-color, multi-texture style and characters from A-Z. Brittany This script font is great for expressive text layouts and features a more complete set of uppercase, lowercase, numbers, and punctuation. Chalkboard Kid friendly text that legible and scales well, with uppercase, lowercase, numbers, and punctuation. Read more Circle Monogram A classic circular monogram, three letter positional glyphs with a retro style and clean fit for circular frames. Circus This spur-decorated outline font is a natural choice for everything from baseball teams to motorcycle memorabilia. This decorated, satin-stitch open font has a vintage appeal that's hard to beat. Dallas A bold, slab-serif with defined character, this font is ready for display type and personalization alike with upper case, lowercase, numbers, and punctuation. Read more Diana This italicized, swashy script is fantastic for any occasion that requires class. Fantastic for names with upper case, lowercase, numbers, and punctuation included. Fancy Fancy is exactly what it claims to be, a fancy, curly script ready for high-end decoration including bridalwear. With upper case, lowercase, numbers, and punctuation, this font is sure to be versatile. Giddyup Western fonts can be fun, as seen with this rope-inspired simple script, perfect for all manner of westernwear and much more. Upper case, lowercase, numbers, and punctuation for common usage are included. Read more Isadora The decorated, shadowed strokes of Isadora are clean enough for personalization, but fancy enough for decor. With upper case, lowercase, numbers, and punctuation, this font has a wealth of possibilities. Pacific Stick Pacific Stick is another art-deco inspired masterwork, with stylish forms and a tall, condensed aspect. This may be a display font, but, numbers, and punctuation have been added to increase the places you can use this tall, narrow text. Penny This wedge-serifed Roman classic has been known by many names, but no matter what you call it, it is a lovely open and legible font that everyone can find a use for. A classic of Americana, you can take Penny's quality to the bank. Read more Roman Tall This bold, condensed roman font is a dramatic addition to any font collection. It's sharp, looks and overall density make it an attention-grabbing choice. Script This vintage embroidery-specific script font brings one of the originals of the form into the modern machine embroidery world in this resizable, configurable form. A-Z and two sets of decorative elements let you create stunning single monograms in style. Sierra Sierra brings you a rounded slab serif in open border work, perfect for large placements. Enjoy the rounded, substantial curves and stylish edge. Read more 
1314195
Lanmi Women's Oval 5X7mm 6X8mm 7X9mm 8X10mm 13X18mm 14K White Yellow Rose Gold Diamond Semi Mount Engagement Ring Promotion
Product Description 7 Days Making Product, 3 Days Deliver to Customers Lanmi Jewelry was founded in 1980, specialised in exceptional hand-crafted ring,bracelet, necklaces, earrings made of precious gemstones like emerald,ruby, tanzanite, sapphire, diamond,tourmaline, citrine etc. Each Lanmi's product is one of a kind and carefully designed to show a combination of original qualities through colour, shape, and form. Our goal is to inspire people to display the natural beauty everyday and on special occasions. Now Lanmi has grown into a team of dedicated jewelry designers, sales associates, gemologists, and more,We buy direct from the source and pass the savings on to our customers. You simply will not find a better deal on jewelry anywhere. Lanmi Diamond Semi Mount Ring A semi-mount ring is a ring that is partially completed; it lacks the center stone, but has all the other accents and intricate details. The semi-mount name comes from the action of mounting a ring, the process of setting the formal gemstone on the actual ring band. Semi, meaning half, describes the nature of this partially completed ring. A semi-mount ring bridges the gap between a completely custom ring and an in-store ring. There is more flexibility with a semi mount ring setting because you are able to choose your preferred center stone, the diamond cut, carat weight, the look of the band, and more Only Use Natural and Certified Diamond 100% Natural Diamonds are typically known to be colorless or 'white', but the most common colors are yellow and brown. The official color grading system for colorless to low-saturation yellow and brown diamonds ranges in scale from 'D' (completely colorless) to 'Z' (light-yellow). Fancy colors are graded on an entirely different scale. Conflict-free The most prevalent cut for diamonds today is the 'brilliant cut', followed by the 'passion cut' . The most popular diamond shape today is round. Other fancier shapes include pear, oval, radiant, princess (square), emerald (octagon), asscher, cushion, heart and trillion (triangular) shapes. Good color & clarity Diamonds exhibit a strong sub-metallic adamantine luster. Though diamonds can be transparent to opaque, only transparent stones are faceted. Diamond clarity is graded on a scale that factors both size and visibility of flaws and inclusions, ranging from 'FL' (Flawless) to 'I3' (large inclusions visible to the naked eye). Re-inspection support Champagne, cognac and colorless 'white' diamonds are typically untreated. However, they may be artificially enhanced. Laser drilling can be used to remove inclusions. Read more Customization Concept We can make the items according to your specifications. --- Ring Re-size: All of our product are available any size. --- Customized metal type and color acceptable. Metal type 24K/18K/14K/10K gold and color in white/yellow /rose gold is available for your choice. --- Gemstone is available for your choice we accept customized gemstone change. Our jeweler has over 10 years of experience in handling gem stones. All pieces are expertly handmade, from design to product finished include 7 processes. Usually 7-10 days, the product could be finished. 
713147
Amazon Collection Sterling Silver Diamond Accent Pave Stud Earrings
Product Description The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon's staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon's high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you're not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Di Aura diamond jewelry is the perfect blend of luxury and affordability. Set in lustrous, rhodium-plated sterling silver, each piece has been specially designed to make the most of your diamond. The silver Di Aura diamond jewelry collection was developed by one of the largest and most respected jewelry manufactures in the country. This collection was created to showcase small single and full-cut diamonds set in diamond-cut "miracle plates" that enhance the brilliant white color of each diamond - as well as creating the illusion of a larger stone. Each piece will have either a single diamond or a spray of diamonds in a design that is unique to that individual style. The Di Aura collection includes pendants and earrings, and all pendants come finished with an 18-inch silver chain. There are many different silhouettes to choose from: romantic diamond hearts, bows and natural organic shapes to include circles, ovals and other free-form shapes. Fauna-lovers can choose from a selection featuring different members of the animal kingdom including butterflies, bears, giraffes, kittens, bunnies, a darling little frog, a cute colorful ladybug and even a diamond web for the spider aficionados. For those wishing to connect with a more spiritual side, the collection offers elegant angels, diamond lotus flowers, classic crosses, the popular "tree of life" symbol and beautiful filigree and Celtic designs. Along with the whimsical and inspirational, there is also a comprehensive offering of solitaire pendants and matching stud earrings to add to your basic jewelry collection; pieces you reach for everyday, over and over again. Whatever you might be celebrating, embracing or sharing with a loved one, the diamond Di Aura collection has something for everyone. The pieces can mark a cherished moment, a shared secret or a gift to oneself as a reminder of how unique and special each one of us is. The Di Aura line is constantly growing and evolving as the designers find inspiration in both the extraordinary and the everday. We invite you to come back and explore the collection often - and we hope you find a bit of yourself in our designs. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. Sterling Silver History Experts believe that silver alloy, used today as sterling silver, originated in continental Europe in the 12th century. Pure silver was found to be a soft and easily damageable material. When combined with other metals, most commonly cooper, it produced a tougher material that could be heavily relied on. Throughout the next few centuries, sterling silver was used as currency and for household items. It was often used as silverware and became the material used in a proper table setting between 1840 and 1940 throughout the United States and Europe. Because of this popularity, silver companies began to grow. During this craze, companies began to experiment using sterling silver compositions in jewelry, as it was a material that was easy to mold into intricate designs and gave a luxurious look with its metallic finish. Today, sterling silver is widely used in all kinds of jewelry styles and shines as beautifully as other precious metals, with the benefit of affordable pricing. Sterling Silver Composition While pure silver can be combined with many different types of metals, sterling silver is created when combining pure silver with copper. Sterling silver jewelry can be composed with different amounts of copper but is most often seen with the .925 stamp, meaning that the composition is of 92.5 percent silver and 7.5 percent copper. This has been found to be a good combination for maintaining the silver's durability without harming its sparkle. Caring for Your Sterling Silver Jewelry Silver should not come into contact with harsh household chemicals such as bleach, ammonia, or chlorine. To avoid scratches, store silver in a lined jewelry box or pouch, as it is prone to tarnish as it naturally reacts with sulfur or hydrogen sulfide in the air. Cleaning and wearing silver jewelry regularly will prevent this and help maintain its shine. Immediately upon noticing any discoloration, use a gentle polish made specifically for removing tarnish. Product Description The Amazon Curated Collection Discover the Amazon Curated Collection of fine and fashion jewelry. The expansive selection of high-quality jewelry featured in the Amazon Curated Collection offers everyday values that range from precious gemstone and diamond pieces to the latest fashion designs. This hand-selected assortment features an array of diamond, gemstone, and precious metal designs that receive a quality inspection, including from Amazon's staff graduate gemologist, to ensure they meet Amazon's high standards. All diamonds featured in the Amazon Curated Collection are certified by our suppliers to be conflict free, and IGI, GIA, or AGS certifications are provided on white diamonds of .75 carats or larger on all stud earrings, rings, and pendant necklaces. Pieces from the Amazon Curated Collection come packaged in a custom box, making them wonderful gifts. In addition, we offer free one-day shipping within the continental U.S. on items over $500. International shipping options for friends and family overseas are available for an additional fee. The Amazon Curated Collection offers a specialized customer service team that is available seven days a week to answer any product questions before, during or after the purchase. If you're not satisfied for any reason, you will receive a full refund and free return shipping within the U.S. if you return your purchase within 30 days. Find a special gift for a loved one or a beautiful piece that complements your personal style with jewelry from the Amazon Curated Collection. Di Aura diamond jewelry is the perfect blend of luxury and affordability. Set in lustrous, rhodium-plated sterling silver, each piece has been specially designed to make the most of your diamond. The silver Di Aura diamond jewelry collection was developed by one of the largest and most respected jewelry manufactures in the country. This collection was created to showcase small single and full-cut diamonds set in diamond-cut "miracle plates" that enhance the brilliant white color of each diamond - as well as creating the illusion of a larger stone. Each piece will have either a single diamond or a spray of diamonds in a design that is unique to that individual style. The Di Aura collection includes pendants and earrings, and all pendants come finished with an 18-inch silver chain. There are many different silhouettes to choose from: romantic diamond hearts, bows and natural organic shapes to include circles, ovals and other free-form shapes. Fauna-lovers can choose from a selection featuring different members of the animal kingdom including butterflies, bears, giraffes, kittens, bunnies, a darling little frog, a cute colorful ladybug and even a diamond web for the spider aficionados. For those wishing to connect with a more spiritual side, the collection offers elegant angels, diamond lotus flowers, classic crosses, the popular "tree of life" symbol and beautiful filigree and Celtic designs. Along with the whimsical and inspirational, there is also a comprehensive offering of solitaire pendants and matching stud earrings to add to your basic jewelry collection; pieces you reach for everyday, over and over again. Whatever you might be celebrating, embracing or sharing with a loved one, the diamond Di Aura collection has something for everyone. The pieces can mark a cherished moment, a shared secret or a gift to oneself as a reminder of how unique and special each one of us is. The Di Aura line is constantly growing and evolving as the designers find inspiration in both the extraordinary and the everday. We invite you to come back and explore the collection often - and we hope you find a bit of yourself in our designs. Diamond Clarity: No two diamonds are alike. A diamond's most distinguishing characteristics are its inclusions, marks that are often invisible to the naked eye. However, under a jeweler's magnifying loupe or microscope they can look like crystals, tiny rivers, or clouds. A diamond's clarity is determined by the presence or absence of inclusions--fewer inclusions mean better clarity--and how visible they are. The greater a diamond's clarity, the greater its brilliance and value. A diamond categorized as internally flawless will have no inclusions, but this is extremely rare. Diamond Color: Though diamonds come in a wide range of colors, colorless diamonds have traditionally been considered the most valuable. Most diamonds are graded on a scale using the letters of the alphabet, from D (colorless), the best grade, through Z (a light yellow). It is difficult for the untrained eye to notice such variations in color unless stones are being compared side by side. Diamond Carat Weight: A diamond's weight is measured in carats, with one carat being equivalent to 100 points. You will often see a diamond referred to as a 3/4-carat stone or a 75-point diamond. Larger stones are often more highly valued, but size should not be the only consideration--high brilliance, which varies according to clarity, cut, and color grade, is highly desirable in a diamond. Diamond Certification: A diamond certificate represents independent verification that the stone purchased has all the qualities of cut, color, clarity, shape, and weight expected. It is a further indication of the condition and value of that diamond as represented on our site. Such certificates are issued by several agencies employing highly trained gemologists and provide an unbiased and accurate evaluation of the diamond. These gemologists scrutinize each stone to analyze its dimensions, clarity, cut, color, finish, symmetry, and other details. Diamonds purchased from the Amazon.com Collection may be certified by the Gemological Institute of America or the International Gemological Institute. The type of certificate provided will be noted in the product specifications of your jewelry purchase; if you do not see a certificate type noted, one will not be provided. Our Diamond Policy: Amazon.com sources high-quality diamonds from some of the world's largest suppliers. All our diamond suppliers certify that to their best knowledge their diamonds are not conflict diamonds. Diamond Care: Diamonds, as the hardest substance on earth, are resistant to damage. However, diamond jewelry is set in different metals, and care will vary from piece to piece. Diamonds should be cleaned in a solution of one part ammonia to six parts water, using a gentle scrubbing brush to remove any dirt. It is a good idea to have them cleaned once a year by a professional jeweler, at which time the security of the setting can be checked as well. Diamond jewelry should be stored in a soft cloth pouch to ensure that the stone will not scratch other jewelry. Sterling Silver History Experts believe that silver alloy, used today as sterling silver, originated in continental Europe in the 12th century. Pure silver was found to be a soft and easily damageable material. When combined with other metals, most commonly cooper, it produced a tougher material that could be heavily relied on. Throughout the next few centuries, sterling silver was used as currency and for household items. It was often used as silverware and became the material used in a proper table setting between 1840 and 1940 throughout the United States and Europe. Because of this popularity, silver companies began to grow. During this craze, companies began to experiment using sterling silver compositions in jewelry, as it was a material that was easy to mold into intricate designs and gave a luxurious look with its metallic finish. Today, sterling silver is widely used in all kinds of jewelry styles and shines as beautifully as other precious metals, with the benefit of affordable pricing. Sterling Silver Composition While pure silver can be combined with many different types of metals, sterling silver is created when combining pure silver with copper. Sterling silver jewelry can be composed with different amounts of copper but is most often seen with the .925 stamp, meaning that the composition is of 92.5 percent silver and 7.5 percent copper. This has been found to be a good combination for maintaining the silver's durability without harming its sparkle. Caring for Your Sterling Silver Jewelry Silver should not come into contact with harsh household chemicals such as bleach, ammonia, or chlorine. To avoid scratches, store silver in a lined jewelry box or pouch, as it is prone to tarnish as it naturally reacts with sulfur or hydrogen sulfide in the air. Cleaning and wearing silver jewelry regularly will prevent this and help maintain its shine. Immediately upon noticing any discoloration, use a gentle polish made specifically for removing tarnish.
1201840
0.50 Carat Diamond Engagement Ring in 10k White Gold | Cathedral Setting | (I-J / I2-I3) By JewelMore | Real Diamond Engagement Ring For Women | Gift Box Included
Product Description 10k White Gold Diamond engagement ring A pleasing diamond engagement ring crafted in 10K solid white gold with a center diamond of ½ ctw. This beautiful cut diamond is placed in a four-prong setting on a band featuring additional sparkling white site stones. This ring has the color of J-K-L and a clarity of I2-I3. Read more An Ideal gift for a special occasion This beautiful diamond engagement set is like an expression of your partner’s style that makes a high quality modern look it is completely unique. Read more Cut A diamond cut is a style or design guide used when shaping a diamond for polishing such as the brilliant cut. Cut does not refer to shape, but the symmetry, proportioning and polish of a diamond. Cut has the high influence on a diamond’s beauty and sparkle. Color Diamond color is determined by the absence of color. The less color present in the diamond the more color is returned. Only the rare diamonds are completely colorless which is, D grade. Diamonds are graded for color D (colorless) to Z (visibly yellow) scale. Clarity Diamond clarity is a grade on a scale from Flawless to Included, which measures the amount and locations of inclusions in a diamond. An inclusion is an internal or external characteristic or flaw which occurs during the Earth’s natural process of diamond formation. Carat Carat denotes the weight of a diamond, not the size. Higher the carat weight the more expensive the diamonds. Read more 
156259
Woodland Scenics Green Blend Blended Turf in a 12 oz.Bag
Product Description Ads texture and highlights to trees and scenery. Available in six realistic colors, which model fresh, scorched and dying grasses, weeds and dirt roads. Product Description Ads texture and highlights to trees and scenery. Available in six realistic colors, which model fresh, scorched and dying grasses, weeds and dirt roads.
898109
Mega Construx Probuilder Train Heist
Product Description Create a historic Old West showdown with this authentic train heist set! Build this G-Scale period locomotive, wagon and caboose set and keep those wretched cowboys off the army's gold! Inspired by the American frontier, 2 authentically detailed soldiers, an engineer, and a duo of horseback robbers are the main players in this good old-fashioned train heist. Complete with true-to-life accessories and features, there's no telling who will come away on top in this one. Reach for the sky – and make this your next momentous building experience! Ideal for ages 10 and up. Product Description Create a historic Old West showdown with this authentic train heist set! Build this G-Scale period locomotive, wagon and caboose set and keep those wretched cowboys off the army's gold! Inspired by the American frontier, 2 authentically detailed soldiers, an engineer, and a duo of horseback robbers are the main players in this good old-fashioned train heist. Complete with true-to-life accessories and features, there's no telling who will come away on top in this one. Reach for the sky – and make this your next momentous building experience! Ideal for ages 10 and up.From the manufacturer Authentic, historical detail! Incredibly detailed and hyper-accurate, this G Scale train is inspired by and modeled after the very same locomotives found on the American frontier. Product Features Buildable, authentic train heist set Period G-Scale train set 1,272-piece, advanced-level build to challenge Frontiersman! Includes 5 highly detailed, fully articulated micro action figures Read more Build like a Probuilder! Put your skills to the test with a construction set designed to challenge advanced builders. With 700+ pieces, including special parts, you'll be building like a pro in no time. Read more Welcome to the world of Mega Construx Dynamic display features! Recreate an authentic heist with action details! Ride along with this locomotive, coal car, flatbed car and caboose. Promotes imagination The conductor will have to pony up the gold when the 2 outlaws arrive on horseback – unless the 2 soldiers hiding behind the crates can get to the cannon in time. Welcome to the wild, wild West! Add to the fun Period G-Scale train set features working locomotive pistons and hinged boiler door, a removable caboose roof and stove, and a wagon complete with a cannon, ammunition crate, and gold ingot trunk. Read more 
531615
World War Z: An Oral History of the Zombie War
360160
80/20 Running: Run Stronger and Race Faster By Training Slower
763054
VANTIYAUS Train Model, 4pcs Toy Car Set Alloy City Rail Subway Train Model ,1/64 Scale Alloy Subway/ Car Model ToysPlay, Red White
Product Description Subway Car, 4pcs Car Set Alloy City Rail Subway Train Model ,1/64 Scale Alloy Subway/ Car Model ,Red White Features: Completely non-toxic Pull back and go,Simulate a real train Designed with realistic features in a smaller scale Specifications: Material:plastic and alloy package size:25*14.5cm/9.8*5.7" Length£º:approx.11cm/4.3" Color:as picture shows Package includes: 1 * subway(4pcs) This is a decorated train model,Just safe for who above 14 years old Notice: The measurement may have 1-3cm (0.39-1.18inch) inaccurate errors. Product Description Subway Car, 4pcs Car Set Alloy City Rail Subway Train Model ,1/64 Scale Alloy Subway/ Car Model ,Red White Features: Completely non-toxic Pull back and go,Simulate a real train Designed with realistic features in a smaller scale Specifications: Material:plastic and alloy package size:25*14.5cm/9.8*5.7" Length£º:approx.11cm/4.3" Color:as picture shows Package includes: 1 * subway(4pcs) This is a decorated train model,Just safe for who above 14 years old Notice: The measurement may have 1-3cm (0.39-1.18inch) inaccurate errors.
753372
Mytra Fusion Chest & Belly Protector Body Shield Body Armor Body Pad Body Protector Chest Ribs and Belly Protector for Boxing MMA Muay Thai Fitness Gym Workout
Product Description Mytra Fusion Body protector belly pad is designed to provide complete protection to the chest, belly and ribs is considered to be one of the best protection gear in the protective armor series by Mytra. Made from high quality PU-Synthetic leather this gear can resist the most extreme punishment. When you are considering excessive punching training this can serve a best gear in front of the opponent. The CGR-hardcore padding offer a complete shield against the strikes. Aerodynamically designed this shield allows easy movement and extended protection. The Z-Smart designed allow this belly and Ribs guard to bear the most extreme blows. The multi layered extended CGR-padding coupled with TQR shock resistant simulated technology this Abdomen and Rib guard has the ability to resist the forceful impact. The tri layered Pad-X material diverge the impact of force and refrain its transmission to the belly. The CGR-core padding has the shock absorption properties which give protection from the forceful punches. Made from top quality carbon fiber and synthetic G-Leather that gives protection to the belly injury during training and combat. Equipped with a C-Fiber strip and Swift-Z Velcro closure system for snugness and comfort ability. This Belly guard has unique XR-Dissemination shock absorbent feature which disseminate the total force of the strike across the pads equally and lowered the impact. The internal RX-core synthetic leather incorporates properties for the protection of skin. With the ultralight composition of the JX-fiber these pads really give amazing feel and comfort to the use which is unmatchable. Product Description Mytra Fusion Body protector belly pad is designed to provide complete protection to the chest, belly and ribs is considered to be one of the best protection gear in the protective armor series by Mytra. Made from high quality PU-Synthetic leather this gear can resist the most extreme punishment. When you are considering excessive punching training this can serve a best gear in front of the opponent. The CGR-hardcore padding offer a complete shield against the strikes. Aerodynamically designed this shield allows easy movement and extended protection. The Z-Smart designed allow this belly and Ribs guard to bear the most extreme blows. The multi layered extended CGR-padding coupled with TQR shock resistant simulated technology this Abdomen and Rib guard has the ability to resist the forceful impact. The tri layered Pad-X material diverge the impact of force and refrain its transmission to the belly. The CGR-core padding has the shock absorption properties which give protection from the forceful punches. Made from top quality carbon fiber and synthetic G-Leather that gives protection to the belly injury during training and combat. Equipped with a C-Fiber strip and Swift-Z Velcro closure system for snugness and comfort ability. This Belly guard has unique XR-Dissemination shock absorbent feature which disseminate the total force of the strike across the pads equally and lowered the impact. The internal RX-core synthetic leather incorporates properties for the protection of skin. With the ultralight composition of the JX-fiber these pads really give amazing feel and comfort to the use which is unmatchable.
1196408
JewelMore 1/2 Carat Channel Set Diamond Ladies Anniversary Wedding Band in 10K Gold
Product Description A classic wedding band with 11 shiny diamond set This outstanding wedding band is crafted in 10K white gold with 11 beautiful sparkling diamonds adding up to 0.5-carat diamond weight. This wedding band has color J-K-L and clarity I2-I3. Read more Designed the Ring With Love! Each style of JewelMore is diligently designed to display the twinkling and sparkle of every diamond and precise the beauty of the metal. We provide a brand new style and looks, you will love! Read more Cut A diamond cut is a style or design guide used when shaping a diamond for polishing such as the brilliant cut. Cut does not refer to shape, but the symmetry, proportioning and polish of a diamond. Cut has the high influence on a diamond’s beauty and sparkle. Color Diamond color is determined by the absence of color. The less color present in the diamond the more color is returned. Only the rare diamonds are completely colorless which is, D grade. Diamonds are graded for color D (colorless) to Z (visibly yellow) scale. Clarity Diamond clarity is a grade on a scale from Flawless to Included, which measures the amount and locations of inclusions in a diamond. An inclusion is an internal or external characteristic or flaw which occurs during the Earth’s natural process of diamond formation. Carat Carat denotes the weight of a diamond, not the size. Higher the carat weight the more expensive the diamonds. Read more 
1116878
Enbrighten, White & Light Almond, Add 2-pack with QuickFit and SimpleWire, Z-Wave/GE Zigbee Smart Lighting Controls, Compatible with Alexa, Google Assistant, NOT A STANDALONE SWITCH, 47896, 2 Pack
Product Description Expand your control with the Enbrighten Add-on Switch with QuickFit™ and SimpleWire™. When paired with an Enbrighten smart switch or dimmer, including Z-Wave and Zigbee controls, the hardwired device completes multi-switch systems. Wirelessly operate and schedule indoor or outdoor fixtures from up to five locations for effortless management of your home. Product Description Expand your control with the Enbrighten Add-on Switch with QuickFit™ and SimpleWire™. When paired with an Enbrighten smart switch or dimmer, including Z-Wave and Zigbee controls, the hardwired device completes multi-switch systems. Wirelessly operate and schedule indoor or outdoor fixtures from up to five locations for effortless management of your home.From the manufacturer Read more Smart Home Made Easy QuickFit The revolutionary, space-saving QuickFit design features a rounded housing and 20 percent smaller depth compared to previous models. The elimination of heat tabs also offers a more convenient installation and user-experience without reducing the electrical ratings. SimpleWire With the SimpleWire technology, the new add-on switch features dual offset ground ports, which save time, simplify installation and reduce wire congestion in multi-switch setups. Neutral wire required. Why Add-On? The add-on switch works with all Enbrighten-branded In-Wall Smart Switches, Smart Dimmers and Smart Fan Controls for Z-Wave and Zigbee. It even supports 120V and 277V for residential and light-commercial use. Add up to five switches to any Enbrighten-branded smart control to control lights or devices from multiple locations. Read more Benefits and Features Versatility Automating your home not only makes your life easier, but it also saves energy, cuts costs, and boosts security. When paired with an Enbrighten-branded Smart Switch or Dimmer, including Z-Wave and Zigbee controls, the in-wall device completes multi-switch systems. Compatible with LED, CFL, incandescent and halogen bulbs, and other hardwired fixtures. Personalize Changeable paddles in a variety of colors, like black, brown, and ivory, are available to match your home’s décor. Replace existing switches with easy installation. About Jasco Products Based in Oklahoma City, Jasco Products Company designs, develops and engineers consumer electronic products to simplify your life. To ensure your satisfaction, our U.S.-based, bilingual Consumer Care associates are fully trained to assist you with any products in our extensive line. Read more The future of home automation is here The add-on switch compliments the latest generation of in-wall smart controls. Unlike other options on the market, the add-on switches provide the same control as a master switch with the functionality of dimming from remote locations. It’s also compatible with 120V and 277V systems for use in residential and light-commercial settings. With a QuickFit design and groundbreaking SimpleWire technology, the new add-on switches provide easy installation to support Enbrighten-branded Z-Wave and Zigbee smart controls. Up to five add-on switches can also be connected to the same light, fan or appliance. Read more 
583305
Rigol DS1202Z-E - Two Channel / 200 MHz Digital Oscilloscope
From the brand RIGOL-Possibilities and More RIGOL unite highly innovative and visionary talents to build a testing and measurement foundation for creating an intelligent world. Previous page For over 20 years since its establishment, RIGOL strives to meet demands from scientists and developers of electronic products with measurement instruments of superior quality, reasonable prices and the best value. Today, RIGOL has become a highly acclaimed industrial brand that exceeds the expectation from professional customers. Digital Oscilloscope Visit the Store Waveform Generator Visit the Store Spectrum Analyzer Visit the Store What can we offer? Based on professionalism, we listen carefully to the voice of our customers, understand the needs of our customers, and provide customers with safer, more accurate, reliable and easy-to-use electronic test and measurement products and solutions based on customer industry application scenarios. What makes us different? Based on professionalism, we adhere to the people-oriented philosophy, designing better products and solutions through craftsmanship and technology foundation, design aesthetics and application scenarios, and creating more good customer experiences. Next page Product Description RIGOL Digital Oscilloscope DS1000Z-E Series The 1000Z Series is RIGOL’s Digital Oscilloscope platform for Basic Visualization. It offers unprecedented value and capability in a 2 channel oscilloscope with 100 and 200 MHz models with a 7 inch display and RIGOL's UltraVision technology. Some models include generators and digital channels. Read more Innovative UltraVision Technology(Analog Channel) Deep Memory Depth (up to 24 Mpts, std.) Higher Waveform Capture Rate (up to 30,000 wfms/s) Real-time Waveform Recording&Playback (up to 60,000 frames) Intensity Graded Color Display Fine delayed sweep function Multiple waveform math operation functions Pass/fail test function Standard interfaces: USB Device, USB Host, LAN and Aux Main Features 1 GSa/s real-time sample rate up to 24 Mpts standard memory depth 2 analog channels Bandwidth of 200 MHz and 100 MHz 30,000 wfms/s max waveform capture rate Real-time hardware waveform recording and playback functions; up to 60,000 frames of a waveform can be recorded Intensity graded color display Low noise, 1 mV/div to 10 V/div vertical dynamic range 7.0-inch WVGA (800*480) TFT LCD, with wide screen format, vivid picture, low power consumption, and long service life Up to 15 trigger types, including various protocol triggers Parallel decoding and multiple serial decodes functions standard Auto measurement of 37 waveform parameters (with statistics) Ethernet and USB Communication FFT functions using display or memory data Adjustable waveform brightness Auto setting of waveform display Read more Waveform Refresh Rate of 30000 WFMS / S 30,000 Waveforms per second waveform refresh rate makes it easier to catch infrequent signal anomalies 24m Storage Depth Standard 24 MPts memory depth (in 1 channel mode) allows the user to give full consideration to the overall signal details, while maintaining a high sampling rate for a longer period of time. Zoom in to view small signal details in the complete waveform record. Hardware Waveform Recording and Playback Record up to 60,000 frames of a dynamic signal and play them back like a movie for analysis and training. Locate infrequenct issues over long time periods and go directly to the issue. Serial Bus Triggering and Decoding Decode and trigger on serial bus systems including RS232, UART, I2C, and SPI all from the Oscilloscope's display. Gather data in hex, binary, or ascii and export to an event table for further analysis. Read more DS1102Z-E DS1202Z-E DS1054Z DS1000Z-BAG Analog BW 100 MHz 200 MHz 50MHz RIGOL Instrument Carry Bag for DS1000Z, DS1000Z-E, and DS1000Z Plus Oscilloscopes Number of Analog Channels 2 2 4 Max. Real-time Sample Rate 1 GSa/s (single-channel), 500 MSa/s (dual-channel) 1 GSa/s (single-channel), 500 MSa/s (dual-channel) 1 GSa/s(sigle-channel), 500 MSa/s(dual-channel), 250 MSa/s(three/four-channel) Digital channel: 1 GSa/s (8-channel), 500 MSa/s (16-channel) Max. Memory Depth standard 24 Mpts (single-channel), 12 Mpts (dual-channel) standard 24 Mpts (single-channel), 12 Mpts (dual-channel) standard 24 Mpts (single-channel), 12 Mpts (dual-channel), 6 Mpts (3/4-channel) Digital channel: standard 24 Mpts (8-channel), 12 Mpts (16-channel) Max. Waveform Capture Rate 30,000 wfms/s 30,000 wfms/s 30,000 wfms/s Hardware Real-time Waveform Recording and Playback Functions Up to 60,000 frames Up to 60,000 frames Up to 60,000 frames Standard Probes Two PVP3150 150 MHz passive HighZ probes Two PVP2350 350 MHz passive HighZ probes 4 sets of PVP3150 150 MHz Passive HighZ Probes Sample & Input Specifications Sample Mode Real-time sample Real-time Sample Rate 1 GSa/s (single-channel), 500 MSa/s (dual-channel) Peak Detect 4 ns Averaging Average 2^N samples where N=1 to 10 (2 to 1024 samples) High Resolution 12 bit (max.) achieved through sample averaging Interpolation Sin(x)/x Memory Depth 24 Mpts (single-channel), 12 Mpts (dual channel) Number of Channels 2 analog channels Input Coupling DC, AC or GND Input Impedance (1 MΩ±1%) || (15 pF±3 pF) Probe Attenuation Coefficient 0.01X to 1000X, in 1-2-5 step Maximum Input Voltage (1 MΩ) CAT I 300 Vrms, CAT II 100 Vrms, transient overvoltage 1000 Vpk Horizontal Specifications Timebase Scale 2 ns/div to 50 s/div Maximum Record Length 24 Mpts Timebase Accuracy ≤±25 ppm Clock Drift ≤±5 ppm/year Maximum Delay Range Negative delay: ≥1/2 screen width Positive delay: 1 s to 500 s Timebase Mode YT, XY, Roll Number of X-Ys 1 Waveform Capture Rate 30,000 wfms/s (dots display) Zero Offset ±0.5 div*minimum timebase scale Vertical Specifications Bandwidth (-3 dB) DS1202Z-E: DC to 200 MHz ;DS1102Z-E: DC to 100 MHz Single-shot Bandwidth DS1202Z-E: DC to 200 MHz ;DS1102Z-E: DC to 100 MHz Vertical Resolution 8 bits Vertical Scale (1XProbe ratio) 500 uV/div to 10 V/div Offset Range (1XProbe ratio) 500 uV/div to 499 mV/div: ±2 V ;500 mV/div to 10 V/div: ±100 V Bandwidth Limit 20 MHz Low Frequency Response ≤5 Hz (on BNC) Calculated Rise Time DS1202Z-E: 1.75 ns ;DS1102Z-E: 3.5 ns DC Gain Accuracy <10 mV: ±4% full scale ;≥10 mV: ±3% full scale DC Offset Accuracy ±0.1 div ± 2 mV ± 1% offset value Channel to Channel Isolation DC to maximum bandwidth: >40 dB …… More details on RIGOL HP 
9479
Kato USA Model Train Products N Amtrak P42 Superliner Phase IVb Starter Set
Product Description From the Manufacturer Every hobby begins with a single step; start off on the right foot with a Kato UNITRACK Starter Set. Each starter set comes with a complete oval of track, a Kato Power Pack, a locomotive, three cars, a re-railer and an instruction book on how to assemble and care for your new Starter Set. From then on, the sky's the limit thanks to UNITRACK's modular snap-track design. Build a complex basement layout, or keep it simple so that you can take it out in evenings; anything is possible with UNITRACK. Product Description From the Manufacturer Every hobby begins with a single step; start off on the right foot with a Kato UNITRACK Starter Set. Each starter set comes with a complete oval of track, a Kato Power Pack, a locomotive, three cars, a re-railer and an instruction book on how to assemble and care for your new Starter Set. From then on, the sky's the limit thanks to UNITRACK's modular snap-track design. Build a complex basement layout, or keep it simple so that you can take it out in evenings; anything is possible with UNITRACK.
25568
MYSWEETY 2 in 1 5500mW CNC 3018 Pro Engraver Machine, GRBL Control 3 Axis DIY CNC Router Kit with 5.5W Module, Plastic Acrylic PCB PVC Wood Carving Milling Engraving Machine with Offline Controller
From the brand Previous page About us MYSWEETY 3018 PRO is an interesting tool. Designed with the absolute beginner in mind. Help you engrave the model you are coding and designing. Perfect Choice for those who are interested in CNC! Starting CNC learning Next page Product Description Designed with the absolute beginner in mind, MYSWEETY 3018 PRO is an interesting tool. Plastic body with a profile, small size, light weight, USB interface, GRBL control systems, learn to use the preferred entry. P ackage includes: 1pcs Full set engraving machine; 1pcs 5.5W 5500mW Module; 1pcs offline controller; 4pcs clamp; 10pcs bits; 1pcs extension rod with ER11 collet Upgrade Version CNC 3018 Pro with 5.5W 5500mW Module and Offline Controller Profile Dimensions: 33x40x24cm ; Engraving area: 30x18x4.5cm; Software: GRBL control systems Spindle: 775 spindle motor(12-36V) 24V: 8000r / min Support system: Windows XP / Win 7 / Win 8 / Win 10. Stepper motor: fuselage length 34MM,Current 1.33A, 12v.Torque 0.25N/M Drill bits: tip 0.1mm ,20 degree , diameter3.175mm. the package include 10pc. Clamps: 4 pcs, Hold the thickness of 0-30mm, the inner slot width 6mm 5500mW 5.5W Module: Wavelength: 450nm Power: 5.5W Output current: 3A Input voltage: DC 12V Working temperature: 10°-40° With this module, it can absolutely give you different ways to unleash your creativity. Read more Read more Read more Read more 
185350
Enbrighten Add-On Switch QuickFit and SimpleWire, In-Wall Toggle, Z-Wave ZigBee Wireless Smart Lighting Controls, NOT A STANDALONE Switch, 46200
Product Description Expand your control with the Enbrighten Add-on Switch with Quick Fit and Simple Wire . When paired with an Enbrighten smart switch or dimmer, including Z-Wave and ZigBee controls, the hardwired device completes multi-switch systems. Wirelessly operate and schedule indoor or outdoor fixtures from up to five locations for effortless management of your home. Product Description Expand your control with the Enbrighten Add-on Switch with Quick Fit and Simple Wire . When paired with an Enbrighten smart switch or dimmer, including Z-Wave and ZigBee controls, the hardwired device completes multi-switch systems. Wirelessly operate and schedule indoor or outdoor fixtures from up to five locations for effortless management of your home.From the manufacturer Read more Smart Home Made Easy QuickFit The revolutionary, space-saving QuickFit design features a rounded housing and 20 percent smaller depth compared to previous models. The elimination of heat tabs also offers a more convenient installation and user-experience without reducing the electrical ratings. SimpleWire With the SimpleWire technology, the new add-on switch features dual offset ground ports, which save time, simplify installation and reduce wire congestion in multi-switch setups. Neutral wire required. Why Add-On? The add-on switch works with all Enbrighten-branded In-Wall Smart Switches, Smart Dimmers and Smart Fan Controls for Z-Wave and Zigbee. It even supports 120V and 277V for residential and light-commercial use. Add a up to five switches to any Enbrighten-branded smart control to control lights or devices from multiple locations. Read more About Jasco Products Based in Oklahoma City, Jasco Products Company designs, develops and engineers consumer electronic products to simplify your life. To ensure your satisfaction, our U.S.-based, bilingual Consumer Care associates are fully trained to assist you with any products in our extensive line. Versatility Expand your smart home options Automating your home not only makes your life easier, but it also saves energy, cuts costs, and boosts security. When paired with an Enbrighten-branded Smart Switch or Dimmer, including Z-Wave and Zigbee controls, the in-wall device completes multi-switch systems. Compatible with LED, CFL, incandescent and halogen bulbs, and other hardwired fixtures. Read more The future of home automation is here The add-on switch complements the latest generation of in-wall smart controls. Unlike other options on the market, the add-on switches provide the same control as a master switch with the functionality of dimming from remote locations. It’s also compatible with 120V and 277V systems for use in residential and light-commercial settings. With a QuickFit design and groundbreaking SimpleWire technology, the new add-on switches provide easy installation to support Enbrighten-branded Z-Wave and Zigbee smart controls. Up to five add-on switches can also be connected to the same light, fan or appliance. Read more 
967450
SAFe 4.5 Distilled: Applying the Scaled Agile Framework for Lean Enterprises
44366
Enbrighten Add-On Switch QuickFit and SimpleWire, In-Wall Rocker Paddle, Z-Wave ZigBee Wireless Smart Lighting Controls, NOT A STANDALONE Switch, 46199 , White
Product Description Expand your control with the Enbrighten Add-on Switch with QuickFit and SimpleWire When paired with an Enbrighten smart switch or dimmer including Z-Wave and Zigbee controls the hardwired device completes multi-switch systems Wirelessly operate and schedule indoor or outdoor fixtures from up to five locations for effortless management of your home Product Description Expand your control with the Enbrighten Add-on Switch with QuickFit and SimpleWire When paired with an Enbrighten smart switch or dimmer including Z-Wave and Zigbee controls the hardwired device completes multi-switch systems Wirelessly operate and schedule indoor or outdoor fixtures from up to five locations for effortless management of your homeFrom the manufacturer Read more Smart Home Made Easy QuickFit The revolutionary, space-saving QuickFit design features a rounded housing and 20 percent smaller depth compared to previous models. The elimination of heat tabs also offers a more convenient installation and user-experience without reducing the electrical ratings. SimpleWire With the SimpleWire technology, the new add-on switch features dual offset ground ports, which save time, simplify installation and reduce wire congestion in multi-switch setups. Neutral wire required. Why Add-On? The add-on switch works with all Enbrighten-branded In-Wall Smart Switches, Smart Dimmers and Smart Fan Controls for Z-Wave and Zigbee. It even supports 120V and 277V for residential and light-commercial use. Add up to five switches to any Enbrighten-branded smart control to control lights or devices from multiple locations. Read more Benefits and Features Versatility Automating your home not only makes your life easier, but it also saves energy, cuts costs, and boosts security. When paired with an Enbrighten-branded Smart Switch or Dimmer, including Z-Wave and Zigbee controls, the in-wall device completes multi-switch systems. Compatible with LED, CFL, incandescent and halogen bulbs, and other hardwired fixtures. Personalize Changeable paddles in a variety of colors, like black, brown, and ivory, are available to match your home’s décor. Replace existing switches with easy installation. About Jasco Products Based in Oklahoma City, Jasco Products Company designs, develops and engineers consumer electronic products to simplify your life. To ensure your satisfaction, our U.S.-based, bilingual Consumer Care associates are fully trained to assist you with any products in our extensive line. Read more The future of home automation is here The add-on switch compliments the latest generation of in-wall smart controls. Unlike other options on the market, the add-on switches provide the same control as a master switch with the functionality of dimming from remote locations. It’s also compatible with 120V and 277V systems for use in residential and light-commercial settings. With a QuickFit design and groundbreaking SimpleWire technology, the new add-on switches provide easy installation to support Enbrighten-branded Z-Wave and Zigbee smart controls. Up to five add-on switches can also be connected to the same light, fan or appliance. Read more 
1302156
Sleeping Giants (The Themis Files)
1565747
200W CNC Router Machine, 3018 Pro MAX CNC Wood Router 3 Axis CNC Engraving Milling Machine for Wood PCB Acrylic MDF Carving Cutting, GRBL Control
Product Description MYSWEETY CNC 3018 MAX Engraver with 200W Spindle, GRBL control DIY CNC machine, 3 Axis Pcb Milling Machine, Wood Router Engraver with Offline Controller, with ER11 and 5mm Extension Rod 1. All-aluminum alloy body, XYZ components are all processed by CNC, non-aluminum plate splicing, high precision and high strength. 2. The main shaft adopts 52mm diameter professional air-cooled main shaft, rated at 200W, and the maximum power can reach 300W. Read more Read more Specification Working area 300*180*40mm(11.8 x 7.1 x 1.57”) Frame size 400*330*240mm(15.7 x 13.0 x 9.4”) Control software GRBL control Construction Full aluminum material Spindle motor DC24V, Rated power 200W, 12000rpm Stepper Motor 1.3A, 0.25N.m, 42*48mm Power supply Input: AC100-240V; Output: DC24V, 10A /240W Supported system Windows XP/ Win 7/ Win 8/ Win10 Drill Bits Tip 0.1mm, 20 degree, diameter 3.175mm Chuck ER11 3.175mm（0-7MM can be equipped） Screw rod T8 screw ord; lead 4mm; double copper nut to eliminate backlash Package includes: 1pcs Full set engraving machine 1pcs offline controller 4pcs clamp 10pcs bits & 10pcs cnc router bit 1pcs extension rod with ER11 collet 3018 MAX 200W Spindle Important Note: 1.The machine comes in a full set of parts which should be assembled by the buyers. 2.This machine is suggested for CNC base level users, it’s not for industrial level use. 3.It might be difficult to install ER11 holder. Installation tips: The aperture is smaller than the actual 0.02mm. 4.Following the high frequency heating, thermal expansion and contraction principle to expand the hole, then insert the spindle and lock it. At last, fix the shaft collet after cooling completely. 5.Since this machine is made of all aluminum alloy material, the spindle power will be relatively large, so please understand that there will be some noise when the machine is working. Read more Getting Started After the machine is assembled, you can perform basic machine tests. The following is the recommended start up sequence for the system: 1.Confirm that the USB cable of the control board is plugged into your computer, and then start the computer. 2.Start the Candle software and verify in the status window that no errors are displayed. Under normal circumstances, when the control board is connected to the software, it will display "Idle". If a red error "alarm" appears, you need to click the "reset" of Candle with the mouse, and then click "unlock" to reach the "idle" state. 3.Make sure that the 24V power supply is connected to the control board first, and then the other end is connected to 110V-220V. Press the white "on/off" button on the control panel. 4.Next, click the "Spindle" button to turn on the spindle motor. Move the slider left and right to verify whether the motor speed changes. 5.Adjust the value of "Feed" to the range of 200 to 500. Use the mouse to click the direction button on the left to confirm whether the X axis and Y axis are moving. In a similar manner, click the up and down buttons on the far right to verify that the Z axis moves normally. If there is no problem with all these tests, it means that your engraving machine can work normally. Shut down the machine using the reverse start process. 6.Close the control panel. 7.Unplug the 24V DC power supply from the power supply. 8.Close the Candle program and turn off the computer. Remember, if you run the machine offline, the USB cable must be disconnected from the control board. 